Quarterlytics / Auto - Dealerships / Motorpoint Group

Motorpoint Group

motr · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker motr
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Auto - Dealerships
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Motorpoint Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Motorpoint Group Plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

M

o

t

o

r

p

o

i

n

t

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1

Reigniting growth through E-commerce

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MOTORPOINT

Car buying made easy
Motorpoint is the UK’s leading omnichannel retailer of 0-3 year nearly 
new vehicles driven under 30,000 miles. 

Making car buying easy has been our Purpose for over 20 years. It’s the 
reason why we have such a rich history of adapting to the needs of  
our customers and continually innovating to deliver the best car buying 
experience possible. Decades of putting our customers at the centre  
of everything we do has given us an unparalleled understanding of what 
people want when they buy a car. 

This is why we believe so strongly in giving our customers unrivalled  
Choice, Value, Service, and Quality, and why we are trusted to be the  
Car Buyer’s Champion.

People  
powered

Omnichannel and 
customer-centric

At our heart we are a people powered business and it is our 
talented people who help customers when purchasing a 
vehicle from Motorpoint, giving them the advice they’re 
looking for, ensuring everything is to the standard they expect 
and developing new innovations, products and services that 
constantly improve the purchasing process.

By focusing on making car buying easy for our customers we  
have been able to create the very best omnichannel experience. 
One that combines the convenience and benefits of buying online, 
Home Delivery and Reserve and Collect with an extensive 
nationwide retail network ensuring high levels of quality,  
service and support.

1

45

77

Strategic Report
1 

FY21 Highlights

Governance
46 

Board of Directors

48 

49 

52 

55 

58 

60 

66 

72 

76 

Introduction to governance

Corporate governance report

Audit Committee report

Nomination Committee report

Remuneration Committee report

Remuneration policy

Annual report on remuneration

Director’s report

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

2 

6 

7 

8 

10 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

33 

39 

44 

At a glance

Investment case

Market overview

How we create value

Chief Executive’s statement

Chairman’s statement

Response to COVID-19

Our strategy

Strategy in action

Section 172

Environmental, social and governance

Financial review

Principal risks and uncertainties

Non-financial information statement

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Financial Statements
78 

Independent auditor’s report

84 

85 

86 

87 

88 

Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

Consolidated balance sheet

Consolidated statement  
of changes in equity

Consolidated cash flow statement

Notes to the consolidated  
financial statements

111 

Company balance sheet

112  Company statement 
of changes in equity

113  Notes to the company  

financial statements

117 

Alternative performance measures

118  Glossary

119 

Shareholder information and advisers

FY21 HIGHLIGHTS

Financial highlights

Revenue 

2021

2020

Gross Margin 

£721.4m

£1,018.0m

2021

2020

8.7%

7.8%

Profit Before Tax (‘PBT’)

Basic Earnings Per Share (‘EPS’)

2021

2020

 £9.7m

2021

2020

£18.8m

8.4p

16.4p

FY21 performance and liquidity were impacted by forced branch closures and the challenging economic uncertainty caused by the  
COVID-19 pandemic.

Strategic and operational highlights 

68,000

vehicles sold, inc 25,000  
via Action4Cars platform

69%

units sold online 

+35%

online retail volume 
growth 

9,300 

vehicles home delivered

Next day Home Delivery 
available within 

60

minutes of branches

#18

Best large  
company to work  
for in the UK 

 Net Promoter Score (NPS)  
of 83 in H2
 14 day money back  
guarantee launched

  Following successful launch  
  of free Home Delivery, 1,000  
  vehicles delivered in first month

 #18 Best Large Company to 
Work For in the UK, our seventh 
consecutive year in the top 100 
#1 Best Company To Work For In 
The Automotive Sector

 #1 Best Company to work  
for in Wales 

   Employee engagement  
  at records levels (bHeard)
   Stockton on Tees, our 14th 
branch opened 

Motorpoint Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

1

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AT A GLANCE

The UK’s leading independent 
omnichannel vehicle retailer

Our Purpose
Our Purpose is to make car buying easy.  
We’re here to help our customers buy  
the car they want, in the way they want.

Our Vision
Our Vision is to be the car buyer’s  
champion, trusted to deliver unrivalled  
choice, value, service and quality.

Our medium term strategy is to grow revenue 
to more than £2 billion 

Rapidly upscaling  
our E-commerce 
capability

Substantial increase in
technology, data and
marketing investment.

Increase customer
acquisition and 
retention

Expand wholesale  
and E-commerce 
channels

Operational efficiency 
through technology 
and innovation

Increasing investment in 
our customer proposition, 
marketing capability 
and leveraging our data. 
Led by online sales 
and fulfilment capacity 
increase in new markets.

Expanding our 
E-commerce
Auction4Cars.com 
platform to grow and 
accommodate new
supply channels.

Further automation and
technology investment  
as sales migrate to 
E-commerce channels.

Powered by our people 
See more detail on P30

Underpinned by a commitment to:

Our  
stakeholders 

Our people  
and culture 

Our communities  
and the environment 

Governance 

Risk 
 management

See more detail  
on P22

See more detail  
on P31

See more detail  
on P28

See more detail  
on P32

See more detail  
on P36

2 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

“ We’ve been protected and supported financially 

throughout the pandemic as well receiving 
training and development opportunities. I also 
appreciate that many of the Senior Leadership 
Team are approachable and friendly to 
colleagues of all levels.”

Team Member 
IT Support 
Head Office

Motorpoint Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

3

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsAT A GLANCE CONTINUED

Our Brands
A Group focused on growth through two distinct channels: Motorpoint and Auction4Cars.com. 
Motorpoint is the UK’s leading omnichannel vehicle retailer. Auction4Cars.com is the UK’s 
leading independent trade car auction site.

Motorpoint
Our retail offer of nearly new cars that are under three years 
old or have completed less that 30,000 miles provides 
customers with an omnichannel purchasing journey 
combining online with 14 retail branches nationwide.  
We also offer a range of commercial vehicles under  
the Motorpoint brand.

Auction4Cars.com
Auction4Cars.com, a business-to-business entirely  
online auction market place platform, allows an efficient and 
quick route for sale of part-exchange vehicles which do not 
fall into our nearly new retail criteria. The business benefits 
from over 9,000 registered trade users. 

Consumer  
omnichannel

20+ 
years  
nearly new 
dominance

Wholesale 
vehicles 
online  
only

>9,000 
Customers 
and growing

#1 
Value retailer

83 
NPS

Lowest online 
buyers’ fees 
from  
£30

Low  
cost base

4 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

The Car Buyer’s Champion
Our talented and engaged team are focused on making Car Buying Made Easy for our 
customers and ensuring we achieve our vision.

Choice
Choice for our customers means not only 
the model and price range of available 
vehicles we stock, but also the options 
through which they can view, purchase,  
and take delivery of their vehicle.

Service
100% stock mobility across the UK between 
any of our branches means we are able to 
provide convenience-led initiatives, such  
as Same Day Driveaway, free Home Delivery, 
Contactless Collections and a range of 
financing and ancillary products. Part-
exchanges are competitively priced and 
provided and disposed through 
Auction4Cars.com. 

Our people
Our people are at the heart of our business,  
not least in ensuring the quality of the customer 
experience; this is why we are determined to 
continually focus on our team engagement. 

See more detail on 
pages 23 and 29

Value
Being the biggest allows us to secure the 
best stock at competitive prices when we 
source stock and we pass those savings  
on to our customers. Efficient new branch 
capital investment and no requirement  
to pay for goodwill helps manage the 
overhead base. 

Quality
Motorpoint Quality Standard sits at  
the core of our operations, ensuring  
we deliver the highest levels of quality  
of product and service along the entire 
customer journey.

“ I have never been in such a 

supportive working environment, 
where everyone works as a team. 
The management genuinely  
care for your well-being. I always 
feel motivated and enthusiastic 
when in work.”

Team Member 
Customer Service 
Swansea

Motorpoint Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

5

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsINVESTMENT CASE

What makes us different

Key highlights

Only nearly new cars 
– under three years / 
30,000 miles

Nationwide  
branch network

20+ years of  
customer insight and  
innovation

Always  
lowest price

Multiple revenue 
streams – Motorpoint, 
Auction4Cars.com, 
ancillary services  
and finance

We make car buying easy by being online and in branch

We have invested in creating a deeply embedded digital and retail omnichannel customer journey 
that gives the car buyer the choice of how to buy their next car in a way that fits their lifestyle.

Easy to 
find

Easy to 
view

Easy to 
buy

Easy to 
collect

Easy to 
contact

In branch

Branch 
locations

Customer 
agents within 
branches

Diverse and 
vast range of 
stock to 
browse and 
test drive

Enthusiastic 
team to help 
customer 
through the sales 
process

Online

Comprehensive 
online search 
engine

360 virtual tour  
of the vehicle 
and gallery of 
images with 
technical 
specifications

Finance 
completed in 
privacy of own 
home and with 
access to all 
information

Same day 
driveaway
Home delivery
Reserve and 
Collect

Friendly, highly 
trained team 
available  
both online  
and at branch  

KEY BENEFITS OF BUYING FROM MOTORPOINT

•  Extensive Choice
•  Great Value - Motorpoint Price Pledge
•  Award-Winning Service
•  Quality Standard

•  Flexible Finance Options
•  Competitive Part-exchange Prices
•  Test Drives Available 
•  Buy Online, Collect in Branch

•  Free Home Delivery
•  Same Day Driveaway
•  Contactless Collections
•  14 day money back guarantee

6 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

MARKET OVERVIEW

Accelerated E-commerce investment means we are well positioned to further increase  
market share. The UK nearly new car market contracted significantly in FY21, but is expected  
to rebound strongly in FY22.

Car market
Motorpoint’s core proposition is the sale of nearly new cars which 
are up to three years old and have covered fewer than 30,000 
miles. We monitor available market statistics, notably from the 
SMMT, which give us transaction volumes for target-market cars but 
do not include recorded mileage. We therefore use the transaction 
volumes alone as a proxy for our available market. The used car 
market shrunk considerably in FY21 due to dealerships across the 
UK closing through national lockdowns.

Consumer confidence
The pandemic significantly unsettled consumer confidence. Branch 
closures during the lockdowns negatively impacted car buying 
activity, although we did experience significant uplift in online 
revenue. Whilst the shift to digital channels will continue, the 
majority of our customers still want to visit branches to complete 
their car buying experience. Whilst the pandemic has created 
ongoing uncertainty, many consumers are now better positioned 
financially, and consumer credit in the country dropped in FY21. 
With airline travel and holiday restrictions expected to be an issue 
for some time, there is likely to be less competition for customers’ 
share of pocket. This, coupled with pent up demand following the 
branch closures, indicates that the market is very likely to grow in 
FY22, as consumer confidence improves. The accelerated 
expansion of our E-commerce offering, coupled with new sales and 
collection branches provides the Board with a high level of 
confidence in the Group’s potential to gain further market share in 
the year ahead. 

Motorpoint Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

7

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsHOW WE CREATE VALUE

Agility, culture, efficiency
Our strength lies in our ability to be agile and responsive, in our people 
and our culture, and in our constant focus on improving operational 
efficiencies across our digital platforms and retail network.

KEY STRENGTHS AND RESOURCES

HOW WE CREATE VALUE

New branches and growth 
opportunity
We can open wherever we see a market 
opportunity; speed and scale are in our control. 
We can choose to buy an existing dealer, or 
develop an entirely new operation, avoiding 
the need for goodwill payments.

Breadth of stock
On average 35 brands are available on site  
or online, spanning all of the leading makes 
and models, sourced from multiple channels. 
All stock is available nationally.

Retail product offer
Our retail proposition continues to be 100% 
on nearly new cars; our product offering is 
supported by providing finance packages to 
our customers through our finance partners as 
well as offering warranty, insurance and paint 
protection products. 

Operational control
We have no external restrictions. Proprietary 
IT systems can be built; we have bespoke 
values-led development and staff engagement 
programmes; marketing can be via any channel 
or into any geography; our modest showroom 
fit-out costs support Motorpoint’s value 
proposition.

Financing
We are free to negotiate for the most 
competitive terms on the external market.

Retail branches
Our retail branches offer sales, light vehicle 
preparation and a large display area. All branches 
offer café and lounge facilities to enhance our 
customers’ experience and comfort. Locations 
are generally positioned for ease of access and 
located within close proximity of a large 
population. Our paperless and contactless 
purchase process allows customers the option to 
complete their vehicle purchase in branch or 
online, visit our branch to collect their vehicle, 
and drive away in under 30 minutes.

Retail website 
We constantly innovate to deliver outstanding 
customer service and we have now launched a 
nationwide Home Delivery service with a 14 day 
money back guarantee to all retail customers. 
Our website allows us to maintain a convenient 
and trusted user experience as customer 
preferences evolve. Our upgraded imaging and 
vehicle specification details provide customers 
with substantial information on the vehicle they 
are researching or buying, enhancing the 
conversion to sale on our website. MyMotorpoint, 
our customer portal was launched in the year 
and allows customers to complete all 
documentation requirements online, enabling 
Home Delivery and faster handovers in branch.

Free Home delivery 

Our customers can choose a vehicle, arrange 
finance, purchase and have it delivered to 
them, without having to leave their home. We 
successfully ran our Home Delivery pilot in 
March 2020, which was fully launched in May 
2020 and was integral to sales made prior to 
our branches fully reopening in June 2020.

Part-exchanges
Motorpoint sells vehicles with less than 30,000 
miles to retail customers. Any vehicle in excess  
of this mileage purchased from a customer as 
part-exchange is sold through our wholesale 
E-Commerce platform Auction4Cars.com.  
This platform provides invaluable live data on  
the latest valuation of vehicles sold through 
Auction4Cars.com and allows us to offer the best 
price to our customers for their part-exchange. 

8 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Operational efficiencies

THE VALUE THIS CREATES FOR OUR STAKEHOLDERS

UNDERPINNED BY OUR VALUES

Our operating model is focused on putting our employees first.
This means empowering our team and giving them the skills 
and confidence to champion the customer. We achieve this 
through living our core values and team commitments.

Proud
We are proud of what we do, how we do it and 
the people who make it happen – we stand out 
from the crowd and are proud to work as part 
of Team Motorpoint.

Supportive
We have a one team ethos and understand 
that together we achieve more. We are a 
united team focused on a common goal  
and vision and will always help our customers 
and colleagues alike #drivingdreams®.

Happy
We enjoy what we do and we show it –  
a smile is contagious and our teams wear them 
naturally with pride. A happy team makes  
for a better working environment which in turn 
translates to a great customer experience.

Honest
This applies to our teams, investors  
and customers. Courage and honesty are  
the vehicles for positive change and Team 
Motorpoint has embraced this.

Digital sales and support team

Sales enquiries received through our website are directed to 
our dedicated national sales team which handles email, phone 
and web chat enquiries. The team sell vehicles, finance and 
ancillary products for collection at a retail branch, arrange 
transportation if required, value any part-exchange vehicle 
and support our customers through the purchase journey. 
Customers can now also purchase directly from our website 
without communicating with our sales teams. In the event  
a customer requires support, a dedicated digital support  
team provides guidance for our customers to ensure a 
smooth transaction.

Generating outstanding customer value from 
a low cost base
We are a low cost, high value business focused on generating 
efficient returns through the efficient deployment of capital 
resources. Through a cost-effective branch opening and low 
operating cost base and a relentless drive on stock turn, 
management has been able to generate strong, recurring 
levels of return on capital employed.

Motorpoint Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

9

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsCHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT

Taking positive action
Given the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and Government imposed 
lockdowns, the Group delivered a robust volume performance in the year, 
underlining the strength of Motorpoint’s omnichannel model and in 
particular, the momentum and potential of its enhanced digital capabilities.

Overview

Motorpoint has delivered a resilient trading 
performance for the year, against a 
backdrop of forced branch closures and the 
challenging economic uncertainty caused 
by the COVID-19 pandemic. We took 
positive actions to accelerate planned 
initiatives, notably investment in digital, to 
support our growth strategy. 

The Group has prioritised investment in 
E-commerce, launching contactless 
collections, a free Home Delivery service, a 
14-day money back guarantee and, most 
recently, a fully digital part-exchange and 
finance offering, enabling customers to 
complete their purchase process entirely 
online. The results from our accelerated 
investment to date have exceeded 
expectations and E-commerce will continue 
to be our priority moving forward.

Our focus on growing our E-commerce and 
Home Delivery channels continued 
throughout FY21 with further milestones 
achieved. We also continued our branch 
expansion programme, opening a new 
branch (our 14th) at Stockton on Tees in 
December 2020. The pandemic situation 
has meant that branch research activity to 
identify further new locations was reduced 
during the lockdowns. Lockdown easing in 
the new financial year has meant that this 
activity has accelerated, and we are 
confident of opening more branches this 
year, with several at an advanced stage. 
These will further support our digital 
investment, by offering Reserve and 
Collection centres and Home Delivery on a 
nationwide basis. 

Our operating model begins  
with our people

The past year has been unprecedented, 
and our people have been exemplary in 
their commitment to the business, with 
team engagement scores reaching their 
highest ever level in the second half of  
the year.

Our operating model of how our key 
stakeholders interact is well understood by 
our people and is covered in detail with 
every new starter when they attend our 
induction programs which were held 
virtually this year. The Motorpoint Virtuous 
Circle combined with our Motorpoint 
Values continue to provide a robust 
framework for explaining how we get things 
done and what factors to consider when 
decisions are required. Our people have an 
opportunity to ask open questions and 
understand key decisions in their 
interaction with our Senior Leadership 
Team, who host Team Forums at each 
branch, or virtually, usually every month. 
Many of the improvement areas in the 
business are found in these sessions and 
the team often has a creative solution to 
issues we are facing whether they be 
people, customer or operational challenges.

The learning and development of our 
people is vital to the future success of our 
business. Our new Learning and 
Development platform launched last year to 
the entire Company allows individual 
learning journeys to be created, logged and 
reviewed. I am also delighted at the 
progress we have made by growing our 
Technology and Marketing teams this  
past year. 

We believe that the happiness of our people 
is directly correlated to our customer 
satisfaction and engagement can be 
enhanced by giving something back to the 
team. Our ‘One Big Dream’ initiative has 
been a huge success with our people using 
two paid hours per month for their fulfilment. 

“ We took positive  

action to accelerate 
planned initiatives, 
notably investment in 
digital, to support our 
growth strategy.”

Mark Carpenter
Chief Executive Officer

10 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

We continue to have fantastic examples of our people 
using this time to follow their dreams, whether it be to 
attend a class or watch a school production. I am proud 
of the breadth of team engagement enterprises that 
Motorpoint actively supports.

Since 2017 we have ensured a minimum pay rate that is in 
line with the Real Living Wage and we launched our fifth 
SAYE scheme offering the opportunity to become a 
Motorpoint shareholder to our entire team. I am delighted 
to see that the rewards of this scheme are embraced by 
our team, with this year’s offering again seeing strong 
take-up across the business.

Our annual participation in the Sunday Times Top 100 
Best Companies to Work For provides an opportunity  
for our people to provide valuable feedback on their 
engagement levels and where we can improve these 
further. This year was no exception, and great insight was 
provided by our people and I am extremely pleased that 
we again achieved Top 100 status. This is the seventh 
consecutive year that we have been placed in the  
Top 100 and is testament to the hard work of our 
management team in listening and acting on our  
people’s feedback.

We have a responsibility to improve diversity and inclusion 
in our industry. We appointed a Head of Recruitment and 
Inclusion in December 2020 and will advance our plans in 
the months ahead. I have also joined the Automotive 30% 
Club, a voluntary network of MDs and CEOs from UK 
based automotive manufacturing, retailing and supplier 
companies with the purpose of achieving a better gender 
balance within the automotive industry. 

83

Net Promoter  
Score1

1.  H2 is considered to be a more representative period, since customer activity 
was significantly impacted during the first lockdown at the start of FY21

The right culture to succeed

E M P L OYEES

S
H

A

R

E

H

O

L

D

ERS

S
R
E
M
O

C UST

Our core values

Proud

Supportive

Happy

Honest

Motorpoint Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

11

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT CONTINUED

In a year we  
have stocked over

300

models

33%

of customers
repeat purchasing
from us 

12 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Customers

Our highly engaged team continued to 
deliver our leading proposition of Choice, 
Value, Service and Quality to our loyal 
customers during the year. We have an 
unerring focus on customer satisfaction 
and that leads to 33% of customers repeat 
purchasing from us. We take it personally 
when a customer is not happy, as we have 
failed if this happens.

This level of loyalty is recognition of our 
strategy of delivering unrivalled Choice, 
Value, Service and Quality:

Choice – our unique independent model 
allows us to source and sell from the 
broadest range of suppliers. In the year we 
have stocked over 300 models, and we are 
able to rapidly follow emerging customer 
preferences, such as through our increasing 
proportion of hybrid and electric sales.

Value – we are an omnichannel car retailer, 
predicated on working to a high volume 
and keeping our cost base modest. This 
allows us to share value with our customers, 
reinforcing our volume model. We support 
our cars with competitive finance and 
ancillary offerings, where we also champion 
low prices, such as where we have reduced 
our customer finance rates in December 
2020. Our Value proposition has become 
increasingly appealing during these 
uncertain times.

Service – service is what will ultimately set 
us apart in the market. We measure 
ourselves primarily using Net Promoter 
Score (‘NPS') – on this measure we have 
improved again, with a score of 83 in H2 (H2 
is considered to be a more representative 
period, since customer activity was 
significantly impacted during the first 
lockdown at the start of FY21). 

We are delighted with this level of customer 
satisfaction, but are always striving for more, 
and constantly challenge our processes to 
make the car-buying experience as smooth 
as possible. 

Motorpoint serves all car buyers, whatever 
their location, and whether they wish to buy 
online, in-person at our branches, or 
through a combination of both channels. 
Motorpoint has become one of a select 
number of businesses to be included in the 
brand-new Platinum category in recognition 
for achieving successive years of Feefo 
Gold Trusted Service status.

Quality – a new pillar to our strategic vision 
to ensure that our omnichannel model 
delivers the same experience as our pure 
branch model. Our ambition is  
to be the most trusted automotive retailer, 
and this means quality across everything 
we do, with complete focus on our 
customers’ needs.

Financial position

Group revenues of £721.4m for the year 
were 29.1% lower compared to the previous 
year (FY20: £1,018.0m), as a consequence 
of the COVID-19 pandemic and 
Government imposed lockdowns. Profit 
before tax reduced to £9.7m (FY20: 
£18.8m) and we were able to break even in 
the second half of the year, despite all retail 
branches being closed for over four of the 
six months. Overall marketing spend was in 
line with the previous year, reflecting a 
reduction during lockdowns, but an 
acceleration in spend prior to the 
reopening of branches in April 2021.

Gross margin increased to 8.7% (FY20: 
7.8%). This increase reflects robust vehicle 
margins, strong buying and pricing controls, 
as well as efficiency improvements to the 
preparation processes.

Trade revenue fell in line with retail sales, 
since Auction4Cars.com sells wholesale 
vehicles which have been part-exchanged 
by retail customers. Roughly 25,000 
vehicles were sold via this purely online 
platform. Gross margin strengthened to 
6.6% (FY20: 5.2%), again the result of the 
market and internal pricing controls.

Operating expenses fell by 11.8% to £49.9m 
(FY20: £56.6m), despite the opening of 
Stockton on Tees and the full year effect of 
Swansea, which opened in January 2020. 
The business also benefitted from CJRS 
income totalling £3.9m (FY20: £0.3m) and 
rates relief of £1.8m (FY20: £Nil) in FY21. 
Overheads remained under tight control 
throughout FY21, with all discretionary spend 
challenged. Branch level costs were 
reduced wherever possible, particularly 
during periods where there were no 
onsite customers.

Due to the branch closures, specific cost 
reduction and cash management steps 
were taken, including a voluntary pay 
reduction. I received salary equivalent 
to the National Minimum Wage for two 
months, and the salary of the former CFO 
was halved during this period. All 2021 
annual bonus schemes were suspended, 
and the entire Senior Leadership Team took 
voluntary pay cuts. 

The Group’s balance sheet remains robust 
with no structural debt, and net cash at the 
year end increased to £6.0m (FY20: £0.8m). 
This ensured headroom within both the 
bank financing and stocking facilities. 

Capital expenditure of £3.6m (FY20: £12.3m) 
related to the new Stockton on Tees 
branch, and investment in IT to accelerate 
our digital investment. Also, a number of 
branches were refurbished in the year. The 
sale and leaseback of our Swansea branch 
was completed in early 2021, realising cash 
proceeds of £6.1m.

New strategic objectives: To achieve 
£1bn in online revenue and more than 
£2bn in total revenue in the medium term

Motorpoint is an agile business with strong 
brand awareness, low fixed costs and a 
compelling operating model that has 
always offered its customers the best value 
proposition in the UK used car market. We 
have always sold cars online, first through a 
call centre handling online enquiries and 

now through a fully integrated, end-to-end 
digital customer journey. This digital-led 
experience will continue to evolve in 
accordance with what our customers 
demand. Fundamentally, we see this as 
providing a large choice of high quality 
vehicles at outstanding value, and with 
best in class levels of customer service 
whether purchasing online, through our 
retail branches, or using a combination of 
these channels. 

The customer journey is becoming ever 
more fluid. An accelerated expansion of our 
E-commerce offering, coupled with 12 new 
sales and collection branches, provides the 
Board with increased confidence that we 
can grow both market share and revenue 
rapidly in the coming years.

The Group has exciting plans to significantly 
increase its rate of growth, with the aim 
of at least doubling FY20 revenue in the 
medium term, with an improved margin 
and strong cash generation as we leverage 
the operating cost base.

This will be achieved through:

•  Growing our E-commerce revenue to 
over £1bn by substantially increasing 
investment in marketing, technology and 
data

•  Opening 12 new sales and collection 

branches, increasing investment in the 
customer proposition, and expanding our 
supply channels

•  Leveraging our E-commerce 

Auction4Cars.com platform to 
accommodate new supply channels and 
to launch our marketplace offering

• 

Increasing operational efficiency through 
further automation and technology 
investment as customers migrate to 
E-commerce channels

We will use data and technology to 
enable targeted customer segmentation, 
expand our branch network to increase 
capacity and establish customer collection 
and home delivery hubs, and enhance 

organisational design to support this digital 
transformation with further investment in 
our people.

Our Auction4Cars.com business has 
a huge opportunity to disrupt the 
established vehicle auction market, using 
the well respected and trusted Motorpoint 
brand to acquire stock to supply the 
wholesale market, generating additional 
revenue and profit. There are exciting 
opportunities to scale the business further 
and investment in this E-commerce 
channel will enable its marketplace 
potential to be unleashed.

Current Trading and Outlook

In line with the Government’s COVID-19 
roadmap, the Group’s retail branches fully 
opened in April 2021. The Board has been 
very encouraged by the initial levels of 
consumer demand since reopening, with a 
number of branches achieving record sales 
weeks. Supply has more recently been 
constrained, but we expect this to ease. 
Margins have remained strong. Digital sales 
continued to perform well, and the Board 
expects growing momentum for its 
E-commerce, Home Delivery and Reserve 
and Collect services as consumer buying 
habits evolve.

Thanks to our focus on innovation, along 
with our low-cost, agile operating model 
and strong brand offering, Motorpoint is 
well positioned to take advantage of the 
continued shift of consumers to purchase 
online, whilst also continuing to access the 
currently larger in-branch market.

Our truly omnichannel offering means that 
we can provide a seamless, fully integrated 
experience to our customers, whether they 
wish to buy online, in-person or through a 
combination of both. 

Mark Carpenter
Chief Executive Officer
16 June 2021

Motorpoint Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

13

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

Accelerating digital  
transformation
The Group’s robust performance underlined the importance and potential of 
its online channel, despite the unprecedented impact of COVID-19. The shift 
in our strategic focus is an exciting moment in the Group’s development.

Introduction

At the onset of the first UK lockdown, with 
uncertainty around the duration and depth 
of the crisis, the Board took a number of 
short-term actions to protect the business 
and sought to share the burden of those 
across stakeholder groups. 2021 Executive 
Director annual bonus schemes were 
cancelled, and the Executive Directors and 
the Senior Leadership Team took voluntary 
pay cuts. Our CEO Mark Carpenter received 
the pay equivalent to the National Minimum 
Wage for two months and the salary and 
fees of the other directors were halved. 
Dividends were suspended and share 
buybacks cancelled. These were difficult 
decisions, but we acted quickly to protect 
the business and it placed the Group in an 
exceptionally strong position when the 
market reopened.

As the UK’s leading independent 
omnichannel vehicle retailer, our approach 
has always been to provide the customer 
with a first class, integrated customer 
experience. Our customers can shop online 
from a desktop or mobile device, by 
telephone, and/or at one of our retail 
branches, and the experience is seamless. 
The increase in our online business 
accelerated the need to upskill, train and 
bring on board additional team members. 
We prioritised investment in E-commerce, 
launching contactless collections, a free 
Home Delivery service, a 14-day money 
back guarantee and, most recently, a fully 
digital part-exchange and finance offering. 
This enables customers to complete their 
purchase process entirely online. These 
initiatives build from a strong and long 
history of online sales and previous 
investment in automation and  
data utilisation. 

The Group is utilising the footprint of 
existing retail locations to act as spokes  
for distribution and collection nationwide, 
enabling same day in-branch collection  
and next-day home delivery. 

Motorpoint serves all car buyers, whatever 
their location, and whether they wish to buy 
online, in-person at our branches or 
through a combination of both channels. 
Motorpoint customers are delighted with 
the unrivalled Choice, Value, Service and 
Quality they receive: underlined in our 
recent NPS of 83 in H2, up from 81 in FY20.

Performance

Group revenues for the year were 29.1% 
lower compared to the previous year, as a 
consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic 
and Government imposed lockdowns. Our 
showrooms were shut for around six 
months of the year. In these 
circumstances, the Group delivered a 
robust performance, underlining the 
strength of Motorpoint’s omnichannel 
model and in particular, the momentum 
and potential of its online channel. 
Approximately 68,000 vehicles were sold 
during the year, including circa 25,000 
wholesale units purely online through the 
Group’s Auction4Cars.com platform. Of 
the retail sales, 52% were sold online (over 
22,000 units), retaining our position as one 
of the leading retailers of nearly new cars in 
the UK, both online and offline.

In the first three months of 2021, when all 
retail branches were closed, online sales 
grew 89% against the equivalent period last 
year, with Home Delivery contributing 57% 
of this. In March alone, 3,300 units were 
sold online. The results from our 
accelerated investment to date have 
exceeded the Board’s expectations and 
E-commerce will continue to be our priority 
moving forward.

The Group successfully opened its 14th 
branch, at Stockton on Tees, in December 
2020, and completed the sale and 
leaseback of its Swansea branch in  
early 2021.

“ The whole Motorpoint 

business can take great 
pride in its response  
to very challenging 
times.”

Mark Morris
Chairman 
16 June 2021

#18

Best large  
company to work  
for in the UK 

14 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Closing Position

The Group’s balance sheet remains robust 
with no structural debt, and net cash 
(comprising cash and cash equivalents less 
borrowings) at the year end was £6.0m. The 
cash positive position demonstrates the 
strength of the business, the impact of the 
investment decisions and activities, not 
having forward purchasing commitments, 
and a well-controlled and adaptable cost 
base. The significant amount of cash that 
the business is able to generate allows 
flexibility to invest in our E-commerce 
strategy and new branches.

Dividend 

Given that FY21 represented a period of 
disruption and uncertainty, the Board has 
decided it is not appropriate to declare a 
final dividend. While the Group’s capital 
allocation framework under our new 
strategic objectives will prioritise 
investment in faster growth, the very high 
cash generative qualities of the business 
mean that shareholders should still expect 
ongoing cash returns, and as such, this will 
be kept under regular review.

Board Composition

Part of my role as Chairman is to ensure 
that your Board has the necessary skills, 
knowledge and experience to make 
informed judgements that are in the best 
interests of all stakeholders. 

I would like to pay tribute to Gordon Hurst, 
who stepped down in May 2020. We 
welcomed Keith Mansfield to the Board in 
May 2020 as Chair of the Audit Committee 
and Non-Executive director of the 
Company. Keith also serves on the 
Nomination and Remuneration committees. 
A chartered accountant by profession, Keith 
has chaired a number of audit committees 
for organisations with a public as well as 
commercial mandate.

James Gilmour stepped down as Chief 
Financial Officer on 20 August 2020, having 
been with the Group since 2016. 

We welcome his replacement, Chris 
Morgan, who joined us as the new Chief 
Financial Officer in January 2021. Chris 
brings a strong set of financial, operational 
and strategic skills to the Board.

We are looking to further broaden the skill 
base of the Board to help ensure we 
capture the opportunity afforded by 
evolving customer buying habits.

The Year Ahead

All of the Group’s retail branches reopened 
on 12 April 2021 in England and Wales, and 
on 26 April 2021 in Scotland, supported by 
a host of operational improvements 
delivered over the last year. The Board 
anticipated pent-up consumer demand 
upon reopening, and this has proven to be 
the case. 

The Board also expects continued growing 
momentum for its E-commerce, Home 
Delivery and Reserve and Collect services 
as consumer buying habits evolve. The 
accelerated expansion of our E-commerce 
offering, coupled with new sales and 
fulfilment branches, provides the Board 
with a high level of confidence in the 
Group’s potential to gain significant further 
market share.

Further excitement comes from the 
investment into Auction4Cars and the 
significant opportunity this will bring.

We have today unveiled our new strategic 
objectives, and the Board is very excited 
about the changes and opportunities  
that this brings. The new plans are 
discussed in more detail in the Chief 
Executive’s statement.

Finally, I would like to thank my fellow Board 
members and everyone at Motorpoint for 
their hard work and commitment, and for 
the way they responded to the COVID-19 
pandemic, ensuring that the business was 
further strengthened during these 
difficult times.

Mark Morris
Chairman
16 June 2021

Agile, ambitious 
and robust

Motorpoint will continue to evolve 
with the buying behaviours of our 
customers and aggressively 
defending and growing our leading 
market position in the nearly new  
car market. 

The business has proven success on 
delivering consistent growth and 
combined with our robust 
infrastructure and accelerated 
investment in digitalising the 
business the Group is confident in  
its ambitions to achieve a medium-
term objective to double its  
FY20 revenues.

grow revenue 
to more than

£2

billion

Motorpoint Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

15

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsRESPONSE TO COVID-19

COVID-19 timeline

Pay

Motorpoint 
temporarily closes 
retail branches

Pay reductions at 
Board and senior  
team levels

Free

Home Delivery 
service launched

1,000th

Home Delivery 
completed in first 
month

£140k

saving for NHS 
workers

March 
2020 

April 
2020 

May 
2020 

June 
2020 

July 
2020 

•  UK Government 

•  UK social distancing 

•  Phased reopening  

announced national 
lockdown and new 
social distancing rules. 
Motorpoint temporarily 
closes retail branches

•  All discretionary  
spend halted

•  Provided laptops  

and remote working 
capabilities

•  Rolled out upgraded 
telephony solution to 
enable call centre staff 
to work from home

rules extended

•  Vehicle discount 

scheme launched  
for NHS workers 

•  Pay reductions at 
Board and senior  
team levels 

•  Free nationwide Home 

Delivery service 
planning completed

•  Additional sterilisation 
process added to the 
final vehicle 
preparation stage 

•  Online Sales team  
and customer care 
functions work  
from home but  
maintain business  
operating hours 

of branches with new 
social distancing 
measures

•  Launch of contactless 
collection with Reserve 
and Collect and 
socially distanced  
safe zones at each 
branch

•  Handover Portal 

development and  
roll out

•  Slot booking for 

collections

•  Launch of Online 
Collections Portal

•  Full suite of risk 

assessments and 
guidelines produced 
and compliance 
training in place  
for all employees

•  External third party  
audit Motorpoint’s 
implementation of 
COVID-19 guidelines 
and working practices 

•  Despite difficulties  

with supply, Motorpoint 
acquires sufficient 
volume of PPE to 
maintain operations  
for a six month period

16 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

•  Almost 500 NHS 
workers save over 
£140k due to the 
special discount 
scheme launched  
in April

•  Trading volumes since 
branches reopened 
stronger than 
anticipated

•  Branches in Wales and 
Scotland allowed to 
open on 22 June and 
29 June, respectively

•  Full COVID-19 audit 
completed on all 
branches by in-house 
Health and Safety

• 

Implemented 
unaccompanied  
test drive process

•  Appointments system 
(to accommodate 
appointments in 
branches)

•  Rolled out ability to 

take payments on the 
website 

•  New technology 

solutions to 
accommodate higher 
volume of online and 
telephone payments

•  New wireless payment 
terminals at branches 
to be more mobile to 
accommodate social 
distancing 

• 

Investment in 
Auction4Cars to 
accommodate higher 
number of customers

•  Negotiated an 

increased temporary 
banking facility. This 
additional facility was 
not used

Live

2nd

Track and Trace  
in all Motorpoint 
branches

national lockdown 
announced for 
November

Reopen

Retail branches

100%

capacity maintained 
by Customer and 
Preparation teams

Digital

purchase process 
enabled

September 
2020 

October  
2020 

December 
2020

January  
2021

March 
2021

•  Second national 

•  Retail branches 

•  Nationwide third 

re-open nationally for a 
short period of time, 
closing again at the 
start of 2021

national lockdown 
comes into force 

•  Branch sales teams  
are fully furloughed 

•  Outbound call 
campaigns to 
customers coming  
to end-of-life deals

•  Fully digital purchase 
process including 
part-exchange 
valuation 

•  Online Customer 

journey completed

•  Government update 
and enhancement  
of COVID-19 controls 

lockdown announced 
for November

•  New Risk Assessments 

•  17 day firebreak 

created and 
implemented 

lockdown in Wales 
starting 23 October

•  Track and Trace live  
in all Motorpoint 
branches

•  Daily COVID-19 tracker  
in place to monitor  
all suspected cases 
(positive and negative) 
and absence 

Responding with agility and meeting demand online

Taking care of our people

Record NPS results in second half of FY21

Record employee engagement scores in FY21

Despite the challenges of COVID-19 which resulted in all  
retail branches being closed for much of FY21, the Group 
introduced innovative ways to continue trading through  
its omnichannel offering:

•  Retail customers were able to purchase via our call centre and 

digital channels

•  Accelerated investment in our digital offering through the rollout 
of our free national Home Delivery service. 9,300 units prepared, 
sold and delivered to customers’ homes

•  For many customers who still wanted to view their car before 

completing their purchase, we offered a streamlined, contactless 
Reserve and Collect option

•  Robust commitment to safety, with strict COVID-19 compliant 
procedures in place including social distancing measures, 
compulsory face covering in retail branches, and thorough 
cleaning, sanitisation of all surfaces and vehicles 

Employee support and wellbeing has been a key objective during 
the pandemic, since this represented a major challenge to the 
Company’s culture. Therefore, the Board endorsed the following :

•  Rapid movement to remote and agile working

•  Took advantage of the Government’s Coronavirus Job Retention 
Scheme (furlough scheme) for a large proportion of colleagues

•  Senior Leadership Team and the Board took voluntary pay 

reductions to help maintain our lowest paid colleagues at 100% 
of earnings

•  Encouraged an extensive programme of employee engagement, 

with a strong focus on wellbeing

• 

Implementation of a COVID-19 secure working environment 
across offices and retail branches. For more details see page 25.

Motorpoint Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

17

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOUR STRATEGY

The Car Buyer’s Champion
Our strategy continues to focus on our customer, ensuring we meet their 
needs and demands online while delivering the highest levels of service, 
quality, and support through our nationwide retail network.

FY21 Strategy performance

1. GROW OUR OMNICHANNEL

2. GROW OUR MARKET SHARE 

How we performed this year

Online
By driving investment in Technology and E-commerce a great deal  
has been delivered in FY21; from enabling Home Delivery, to delivering 
an end-to-end digital customer experience including:
•  Customer handover slot, booking and view
•  New mobile payment terminals
•  New imaging solutions 
•  Pay by link
We are implementing new systems and architectural design that will 
give us a single, accurate view of the customer, as well as providing a 
better customer experience, reducing the margin for error and 
improving efficiency.

Branches
Motorpoint has 14 branches, Stockton on Tees being the most  
recent opening in December 2020. 
Good geographical coverage across large parts of England,  
Scotland and Wales.
Investment in branch refurbishment and planning further expansion  
of sales and collection centres into the South of England.

Our medium term goals

To increase our market share we have so far: 
•  Migrated customers online. 36% of cars were sold online since 

reopening in April 2021. Investment in marketing increased brand 
awareness to drive online activity.

•  Built logistics capability to offer customers free next day Home 
Delivery within 60 minutes of a Motorpoint branch or collection 
anywhere within the UK. Collection booking at Point of Sale is  
now live.

•  Made further progress to acquire smaller branches (sales and 

collection centres) to offer greater opportunity to serve customers 
in any way they wish to buy a vehicle. There is a correlation 
between market share increases and branches, despite the rise  
in online and Home Delivery. Branch presence in a particular  
market increases our brand awareness. 

•  Continued to improve our IT systems by developing and improving 
functionality and performance. Integration of customer data into  
a cohesive view to improve their experience.

• 

Invest in Auction4Cars.com  
to accommodate new supply 
channels

Operational efficiency through 
technology and innovation

• 

Increase capacity for >200,000 
vehicles

•  Complete Hub and Spoke 

•  Enable migration to B2B 

preparation model

platform with multiple vendors

•  Motorpoint ‘Sell your Car’ 
proposition for non part- 
exchange customers

•  New preparation centres, 

starting with Glasgow (open 
Summer 2021)

• 

Increase automation and 
technology in preparation

•  Target logistics efficiency  
to reduce cost per vehicle 
movement in network 

Rapidly upscaling our 
E-commerce capability

Increase customer acquisition 
and retention

Expand wholesale and 
E-commerce channels 

• 

Increased investment in 
technology and data science

•  Open 12 new sales and 
collection branches

•  Leverage data to drive 
intelligence – customer 
segmentation, inventory and 
buying efficiency

•  Drive the potential increase of 
online sales to 50% of revenue

• 

Invest in the best people

• 

Increase Customer Acquisition 
Cost in the short term with 
subsequent reduction

•  Drive E-commerce sales 

aggressively

•  Drive brand awareness and 
‘shared value’ customer 
proposition

•  Personalisation of E-commerce 
customer journey to enhance 
lifetime value

•  Reduce customer repeat 

purchase cycle

•  Quality Control and operational 

excellence

•  Outbound and Save teams 

launched

•  Target Light Commercial Vehicle 

online sales

18 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Financial KPIs

Non-financial KPIs

Adjusted PBT (£m)1

Gross profit (£m)1 

Net Promoter Score (%)2

Adjusted PBT was significantly impacted by the 
pandemic and Government imposed lockdowns. 
Adjusted PBT was £9.7m, breaking even in the 
second half of the year despite all retail branches 
being closed for over four of the six months of 
that period.

Gross profit was £62.5m, a decrease of 20.8%, 
again reflecting the pandemic and lockdowns. 
Gross margin increased to 8.7% which reflects 
robust vehicle margins, strong buying and pricing 
controls, as well as efficiency improvements to 
the preparation process.

Customer satisfaction has continued to 
strengthen, with record levels of NPS being 
maintained.

22.2

19.9

18.8

16.2

76.4

79.9

78.9

77

77

78

81

83

62.2

62.5

9.7

17

18

19

20

21

17

18

19

20

21

17

18

19

20

21

GP/Adjusted overheads (%)1 

Adjusted EBITDA (£m)1 

Number of branches

Despite an improvement in gross margin and 
lower overheads, GP/Adjusted overhead % has 
decreased, mainly due to lower volumes and the 
proportion of fixed costs within overheads.

144

143

147

139

Adjusted EBITDA decreased by 33.0% to £18.3m 
due to the reduction in volumes offset by an 
improvement in gross margins.

The group opened its 14th retail branch in 
Stockton on Tees being the only new addition 
during the year, as lockdown had restricted the 
identification of new branches.

125

22.6

30.1

27.3

27.3

12

12

11

14

13

18.3

17

18

19

20

21

17

18

19

20

21

17

18

19

20

21

1.  The KPIs for FY17, FY18 and FY19 have been restated following the adoption of IFRS 16 in FY20.
2.  H2 is considered to be a more representative period, since customer activity was significantly impacted during the first lockdown at the start of FY21.

Motorpoint Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

19

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsSTRATEGY IN ACTION

GROW OUR OMNICHANNEL

Accelerating our 
transformation to  
be a digitally enabled  
market leader

At the centre of this transformation is ensuring  
that customers are able to self-serve where 
appropriate and access information and  
support at any time, from anywhere. 

Transformation delivered to date

A great deal has been delivered in the last 
year from enabling Home Delivery, to an 
end to end customer journey, as well as 
foundational work that will position our 
environment as both a capable platform 
and a springboard to drive truly integrated, 
intelligent services.

To support business growth we are 
redesigning our environment as well as the 
governance and standards that support 
and maintain it. We have implemented 
more effective ways of working to improve 
quality and pace. We have invested in new 
skillsets to ensure scoping is accurate.  
We will continue to keep up to date with 
technical trends and build roadmaps that 
future proof our estate. 

This approach has enabled us to speed up 
delivery; create better, more reliable 
services; realise efficiencies through 
automation; and enable business growth 
using technology to remove the manual 
‘ceiling’.

Key highlights

•  Over 22,000 units were sold online  

representing 52% of retail sales

•   Q4 (Jan-Mar 2021) online sales grew  
89% against prior year, with Home 
Delivery 57% of this

•  Contactless collection

•   Full part-exchange and financing  
online; instant decision making

See more detail on P6

20 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

52%

of retail sales  
were sold  
online

Over

22k

retail units sold 
online

 
 
GROW OUR MARKET SHARE 

Online sales through 
quality and service 
supported by our branches

Stockton on Tees

•  Opened December 2020

•   Sales-only branch, preparation fulfilled  

by increased capacity in Birtley 

•   Streamlined branch team, consistent  
with sales focus, including shared 
General Manager

Swansea

•   Opened in January 2020 and performed 
strongly despite COVID-19 restrictions

See more detail on P10

Retail branch

60 minute reach

Stockton 
on Tees 

became
fully operational in
December 2020

14

branches 
nationwide

60  

minutes
We have next day free  
Home Delivery within  
60 minutes of 
a branch

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 21

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsSECTION 172 STATEMENT

“ Our stakeholders at the 
heart of our model”

The Board has a duty to promote the long term, sustainable success of the 
Company and of the wider Group. The base-line duty is set out in section 
172 of the Companies Act 2006, but in reality, it is broader, and the Board 
considers a wide range of statutory and other factors within its decision-
making process. 

Board decision-making will always encompass: 

•  the likely consequences of any decision in the long-term and the 

risks to the Group and its stakeholders; 

•  the interests and wellbeing of our people and the communities 

where we are present; 

•  the impact of our vehicles and business on the environment and 

This section 172 statement signposts some of the key ways in which 
we have engaged with stakeholders across the year ended 31 March 
2021 and built confidence in the sustainability of their relationship 
with the Group. It should be read in conjunction with: 

•  the Chief Executive’s Review from page 10 to page 13 

•  the Chairman’s Statement on page 14 and page 15 

the need to ‘de-carbonise’;

•  the ESG report from page 24 to page 32 

•  the Group’s relationships with its customers and suppliers; and 

•  the Risk Landscape from page 36 to page 43 

•  the importance of our reputation for integrity and high standards 

•  the Chief Financial Officer’s Review from page 33 to page 35 

•  the Governance and related reports from page 48 to page 76.

of business conduct. 

Motorpoint believes that a key mechanism in ensuring that  
it makes good long-term and sustainable decisions is open,  
two-way dialogue with all our key stakeholders. We believe that 
understanding the perspective and needs of our stakeholders  
is vital to the Group’s success. 

Good governance, our business ethics and integrity are essential  
to continue to be an attractive company for our investors, employer 
for our employees, partner for our suppliers and retailer for  
our customers.

22 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Engaging with our stakeholders

Engaging and understanding the needs of our key stakeholders has never been more important and is critical to the Board decision making.

Stakeholder

Why we engage

How we engage

Outcomes:

Our people  We have an experienced, diverse and 

dedicated workforce which we recognise 
as a key asset of our business. Therefore, 
it is important that we continue to 
develop the right environment and 
Company culture to encourage and 
create opportunities for individuals and 
teams to realise their full potential.

•  bHeard engagement survey
•  Created a virtual alternative to our 

welcome day, and all new hires have 
been able to attend a virtual welcome 
day and meet with our CEO

• 

Initiated the diversity and inclusion 
programme led by a newly created Inclusion 
Committee 

•  Appointed a new Head of Recruitment and 

Diversity to drive change 

•  Training and talent development 

•  Continue to offer health and wellbeing 

programmes 

•  Launched new virtual touch points to 
stay connected to employees and 
host our regular listening forums. This 
is done via our Happy Hour sessions.

initiatives with both mental, physical and 
financial support. We committed to ensuring 
we pay at least the living wage.

 read more on page 30.

Our 
customers

Our Choice, Value, Service and Quality 
proposition is reliant on having the right 
partnerships to enable us to deliver for 
customers. We have an unerring focus on 
customer satisfaction and that leads to 
33% of customers repeat purchasing 
from us. 

•  Direct feedback sought on a regular 

basis via NPS (83 in H2), Feefo 
(Platinum rate) and Google reviews 
•  Our Customer Care team is also on 

hand to listen and help on the 
telephone and by email.

•  High NPS score
•  Strong repeat and referral business
•  Use of data to better understand customer 

needs, and addressing these

•  Customer research is informing the 

development of a vehicle and customer data 
profile. 

Our suppliers  
and partners

It is crucial that we develop and maintain 
strong working relationships with our 
suppliers, so we can enhance the 
efficiency of our business and create 
value, and make sure we treat suppliers  
in line with our values and ethical 
standards. We continually assess our 
supplier and partner network, and 
leverage both internal and external 
expertise to ensure appropriate 
relationships and fair economics.

•  Standard terms of business and 

•  CEO and senior management team focus on 

regular supplier meetings

•  Contingency planning should there 

supply chain challenges arising by 
expanding into new channels and suppliers

be a failure in the supply chain

•  Engaging with a broad range of suppliers 

•  Supplier and distributor on-boarding 

due diligence (financial, quality, 
business integrity and compliance, 
component supply, Modern Slavery 
etc)

•  Ongoing management of supplier 

relationships.

and regularly transition between channels, 
with a similar level of flexibility in our product 
offering 

•  Further strengthening of supply chain team 

and processes.

Our 
communities

Our employees care deeply about our 
communities. As a responsible employer, 
we want to contribute to the economic 
development and sustainability of  
our communities. 

•  Community investment initiatives
•  Enter into partnerships to create 
better gender balance within the 
automotive industry

•  Commitment to invest in the 

successful and sustainable delivery of 
careers and education for young 
people in our local communities. 

Our 
shareholders

As a company with a premium-listing on 
the London Stock Exchange’s Main 
Market and a borrower of bank debt, we 
need to communicate clearly and 
effectively with our existing and 
prospective shareholders and lenders to 
develop their understanding of how the 
Group’s businesses are managed to 
generate sustainable returns and 
long-term success.

•  Annual Report 
•  RNS announcements 
•  Annual General Meeting 
• 
Investor presentations 
•  Corporate website.

•  Awards / recognition
•  Sponsorship and volunteering by employees
•  Continuing with our community focused 

partnerships which cement our contribution 
to the economic development and 
sustainability of these communities

•  Raising funds for local charities providing 
relief throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, 
and supporting frontline NHS workers.

 read more on page 28.

•  The Board is provided with regular feedback 

on investors’ views and market 
developments 

•  Despite the COVID-19 pandemic, senior 
management held virtual meetings with 
existing and potential shareholders 

•  Company Secretariat provide a number of 
services such as responding to queries on 
share holdings to private shareholders with 
support of registrars 

•  We issued half and full year trading updates 
via the RNS facility to update the market on 
the financial performance of the business 
•  Our websites (www.motorpointplc.com) and 
(https://www.motorpoint.co.uk/) provide a 
broad range of information and data.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 23

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsENVIRONMENTAL , SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE

Supporting our environment
The Group takes its responsibility towards the environment very seriously 
and has introduced many initiatives focused on reducing waste, improving 
energy efficiency and reducing its overall carbon footprint. 

Go Green

Birmingham Clean Air Zone Initiative

Our partnership with Go Green, launched in 2020, has been fully 
rolled out in FY21 and enabled us to be more efficient with the 
classification and segregation of our waste. We have recycling 
facilities in every retail location, workshop and office. The following 
initiatives were undertaken during FY21:

•  4,528 tyre casings collected from branches and recycled;

Birmingham City Council partnered with us to offer people working in 
the Clean Air Zone the chance to scrap their old car and receive 
£2,000 credit towards a compliant vehicle, or a mobility credit. We are 
proud to have been given the opportunity to support the Clean Air 
Zone’s Scrappage and Mobility Scheme and through it help play our 
part in reducing the level of nitrogen dioxide emissions in Birmingham.

•  3.9% of waste to landfill;

•  59% vehicles banded Euro 6;

•  82% of parts disposed recycled; and

•  All three main third party valet service providers are using 

bio-degradable products.

Energy efficiency actions

We are committed to responsible energy management and will 
practise energy efficiency throughout our organisation, wherever it’s 
cost effective. We recognise that climate change is one of the most 
serious environmental challenges currently threatening the global 
community and we understand we have a role to play in reducing 
greenhouse gas emissions.

We have implemented the policies below for the purpose of 
increasing the business’s energy efficiency in the relevant 
financial year.

•  Continued process of replacing existing lighting with LED lighting 

in all sites.

•  Moved to remote home working due to COVID-19. Will review 

when situation permits. 

• 

Implemented and encouraged use of video conferencing.

•  Travel reduced due to COVID-19.

Methodology used in the calculation of disclosures

SECR methodology as specified in ‘Environmental reporting 
guidelines: including Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
and greenhouse gas reporting guidance March 2019’ used in 
conjunction with Government GHG reporting conversion factors.

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR')

We measure and report on carbon emissions in compliance with 
SECR, covering energy use and associated greenhouse gas 
emissions relating to gas, electricity and transport, intensity ratios 
and information relating to energy efficiency actions. In accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report) Regulation 2013, the table below sets out Motorpoint’s 
emissions in 2021, compared with 2020.

Total energy use covering electricity, gas, 
other fuels and transport (kWh)

Total emissions generated through 
combustion of gas (tCO2e)
Total emissions generated through use of 
purchased electricity (tCO2e)
Total emissions generated through use of 
other fuels (tCO2e)1
Total emissions generated through business 
travel (tCO2e)
Total gross emissions (tCO2e)
Intensity ratio - total gross emissions  
(kgCO2 per sqft)

2021

2020

8,370,540 10,310,413

573.92

832.89

885.89

1,095.57

204.38

174.89

162.17
1,826.36

218.90
2,322.25

2.79

3.55

Our roadmap to achieving compliance with mandatory 
Taskforce on Climate related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD')

As confirmed by the FCA, from 1 January 2021 all premium listed 
companies in the UK are required to make better disclosures about 
how climate change affects their business, consistent with the 
recommendations of the TCFD. We have already been focusing on 
this important matter, and are recruiting a dedicated Sustainability 
Manager to develop a sustainability led reporting standard of the 
actual and potential impacts of climate change on our business,  
as well as to explain how we identify and manage such risks and 
opportunities in our FY22 Annual Report and Accounts.

Case study

Sound sustainable governance is crucial for our business and  
we expect our suppliers to support our sustainability obligations 
and aspirations.

We have partnered with Approach Procurement Solutions 
(‘Approach Procurement’), a procurement platform which has  
a global supply chain with each member appointed for their 
ability to work within the environmental requirements set out by 
their clients. Approach Procurement undertake a series of due 
diligence initiatives (such as staff satisfaction and retention, and 
effective relationships with all key stakeholders) to ensure ethical 
business practices are employed in order to deliver strong, 
sustainable solutions.

Approach Procurement use paper from suppliers who hold  
FSC and PEFC certifications to ensure the paper they use 
originate from sustainably managed resources, and filter 
suppliers and materials to precise environmental credentials. 
Their internal systems and processes allow for a consolidation of 
deliveries which reduces the overall number of delivery journeys 
and a reduction in CO2 emissions.

The hybrid mail solutions delivered through innovative print,  
mail and digital technologies allows Approach Procurement to 
provide meaningful communications whilst minimising their 
sustainability footprint. 

24 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

1. 

Increase in other fuels due to availability of diesel at nine branches (FY20: six branches).

Social
We recognise that as a business we have an important role to play in our 
local community. COVID-19 has resulted in unprecedented hardship. In 
these challenging times, it is not just about Motorpoint being a good 
employer but about giving back to the communities in which we operate. 

Health & Safety
In response to the new dangers from COVID-19, we implemented additional Health and 
Safety procedures at all our facilities to keep our staff and customers safe.

Actions included the deployment of practical measures such as:

Enhanced cleaning 

All office and branch surfaces, desks 
and workstations are regularly sanitised. 

PPE

Face masks and gloves are provided to 
all staff.

Temperature checking

In addition to mandatory checking on 
arrival, facilities were made available to 
staff to check their temperature 
throughout the day.

Sanitation stations

Sanitation stations are provided and notices 
reinforce the use of these.

Social distancing 

Floor markings are used to ensure safe 
social distancing is in operation and 
easily managed.

All the actions we have taken in order to 
keep our people and customers safe is 
underpinned by a suite of risk 
assessments, guidance documents and 
checklists which encompass our end to 
end business activities, and all our team 
members adhere to this. External third 
party verification audits confirmed that 
our controls were appropriate and  
these were further endorsed by local 
authorities and Public Health England  
on the few occasions when we 
self-reported localised outbreaks. More 
recently we have begun to engage with 
local authority enforcing officers carrying 
out the HSE’s workplace COVID-19 
surveys. On a daily basis, we have 
vigilantly recorded team members who 
have been tested or self-isolating, and 
also centrally monitored confirmed 
cases to establish patterns of infections, 
enabling us to take remedial localised 
action.

Policies and practices 

The Board recognises that the highest 
levels of safety are required in order to 
protect our employees and customers. The 
Board believes that all incidents and injuries 
are preventable, and that all employees 
have the right to expect to return home 
safely at the end of every working day. 

The Group Compliance Manager, who 
reports to the Chief Operating Officer 
provides consultative support and advice to 
managers at all levels for health and safety 
matters across the Group. The Chief 
Operating Officer reports monthly to the 
Board on all key health and safety issues. The 
Board requires that the Group systematically 
manage its health and safety hazards, sets 
objectives and monitors progress by regular 
measurement, audit and review. 

Managers and supervisors across all levels in 
the Group are responsible for managing the 
health and safety of their teams as part of 
promoting and embracing a positive health 
and safety culture. The Board emphasises 
the importance of individual responsibility 
for health and safety at all levels of the 
organisation, and expects employees to 
report potential hazards, to be involved in 
implementing solutions and to adhere to 
rules, procedures and Group policies. A key 
element in the continuous improvement of 
health and safety management is sharing 
best practice and lessons learnt from 
incidents across the Group and the wider 
industry. Accidents, incidents and near 
misses are investigated, with actions 
generated to prevent recurrence.

To embed health and safety practices in the 
wider workforce, we ensure that all our 
employees receive health and safety 
training modules as part of a two-year 
training cycle. Completion is monitored by 
Regional Operations Support Managers 
with notification for second module failures 
sent for discussion with line management.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 25

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsENVIRONMENTAL , SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

“ Motorpoint has always been heavily immersed in supporting the local 
communities and specifically helping to positively impact the future. 
Being able to make a meaningful contribution to a young person’s life in  
this way is a privilege, something we genuinely feel proud to be part of. 

  We truly believe that confidence and knowledge allows choice  
and self belief.”

Enterprise Employers Network – 
continuing to support the next generation 

We reported in our 2020 Annual Report and 
Accounts that we became a Cornerstone 
Employer for the Careers and Enterprise 
Academy. A Cornerstone Employer is a 
business that is invested in the successful and 
sustainable delivery of careers education for 
young people and commits to join a 
leadership group of local businesses to 
support the schools, colleges and young 
people in their area.

We maintained our partnership and delivered 
a significant number of initiatives throughout 
lockdown to ensure the young people still had 
access to meaningful employer encounters, 
including the Open Doors programme (which 
started in February and gives young people 
the opportunity to take part in a series of 
sessions to gain an insight into our business, 
meet employees and complete work-related 
tasks), reverse jobs fairs to improve 
employability skills as well as a virtual 
employment project with Special Educational 
Needs and Disabilities (‘SEND') students. 

We assumed the role of a lead employer for 
SEND schools and are proud of the work we 
have started doing with Project SEARCH as a 
Local Enterprise Advisor. Project SEARCH 
helps young people from across Derbyshire 
with different forms of learning disabilities to 
gain new skills as well as practical, work-based 
experience through a structured personalised 
study programme as they look to make 
successful transitions from school to a 
productive adult life.

As a result of our commitment to Project 
SEARCH and similar activities we are classified 
as a disability confident employer and were 
nominated for a RIDI (Recruitment Industry 
Disability Initiative) award. We were a finalist for 
our supported internships in Peterborough. 

26 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

“ Being able to share insight, networks and time with schools 
to help make their careers services meaningful will deliver a 
more sustainable and positive landscape for everyone. 
Many young people, through no fault of their own, do not 
have the opportunity to experience what careers may exist 
for them and the Cornerstone Employers’ network can help 
change that”.

Providing Derbyshire Education Business Partnership 
with suitable accommodation

In December 2020, we teamed up with Derbyshire Education 
Business Partnership to provide their supported internship 
scheme with suitable office space for class-based learning 
after COVID-19 resulted in a closure of the Partnership’s 
accommodation earlier in the year.

Partnership with the Automotive 30% Club

Our CEO Mark Carpenter joined the Automotive 30% Club 
this year. The club is focused on raising inclusion and gender 
balance throughout the automotive industry. As well as a 
commitment to maintain a minimum 30% gender balance, 
our membership provides us with a platform to engage with 
schools and young people, and access an array of specialist 
networks in equality. It also provides us with a platform to 
share our best practice and inspire others.

Apprenticeships

Although our apprenticeship schemes were cut back by the 
pandemic, we had seven apprentices complete their 
qualifications. We plan to return our programme to full 
capacity in FY22.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 27

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsENVIRONMENTAL , SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

Motorpoint in the community
Our charity initiatives are branch led with each branch nominating their own charity partner to work with during the year.  
This translates into successful outcomes for all our stakeholders.

During the year the following fund-raising activities were completed:

Branch

Birmingham

Birtley

Burnley

Castleford

Derby

Glasgow

Newport

Oldbury

Peterborough

Sheffield

Charitable Partner

Sponsorships

Birmingham Children's Hospital

Sir Bobby Robson Foundation

Chester-Le-Street Amazons

Lancashire MIND

The Prince of Wales Hospice

Burnley Golf Club

Castleford Tigers

The Royal School for the Deaf Derby

Motorpoint Arena Nottingham

Scottish Guide Dogs

Newport MIND

Birmingham Children's Hospital

Sue Ryder Thorpe Hall Hospice

Cash for Kids South Yorkshire

Motorpoint Arena Cardiff

Stockton on Tees

Sir Bobby Robson Foundation

Swansea

Widnes

Maggie's Cancer Centre

James Bulger Memorial Trust

We also donated £3,500 to the Samaritans, a registered charity aimed at providing emotional support to anyone in emotional distress, 
struggling to cope, or at risk of suicide throughout the United Kingdom and Ireland, often through their telephone helpline.

Outside of our corporate charity partners our employees also wanted to be able to do their bit for their chosen personal charities and 
Motorpoint has historically matched each donation. Colleagues across the business have taken part in fund raising activities for Prostate 
Cancer UK, Prince of Wales Hospice, Pontefract and Wolfpack 100 raising money for FareShare, a charity which helps fight hunger and 
tackle food waste. These are just a few of the examples our community minded teams have been involved in over the past 12 months. 

Payroll giving 

Charities have found that donations diminished over the past year, 
so more than ever we felt it important to maintain our partnership 
with payroll giving. Employees continue to gift to charities of their 
choice directly through payroll and we also hosted a campaign 
where donations to new charities would be matched.

Employee Heroes 
Adam Gilmore 

“ I volunteered for a charity that we support called  
Life Savers Scotland who are an emergency blood 
transport charity that provides a free service to the NHS. 
During last year I helped out collecting COVID-19 tests 
from all the local hospitals and transporting them to the 
main lab in Glasgow for testing.”

£3.5k

Donated to  
Samaritans 

28 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key facts

Team engagement

Team turnover

Highest ever levels as 
evidenced by receiving the  
3* Best Companies 
Accreditation 

Reduced to 19% from 26% 
this year - this is a trend we 
have seen year on year, with  
a reduction of 16% in last 
three years

Glassdoor score

4.5/5

Roles recruited

197

Internal promotions

46

We have partnered with Miss 
Macaroon to support a fantastic social 
enterprise as well as provide 1st 
anniversary treats for all our teams as 
they achieve this milestone

People and 
Culture Award

Finalist

Top 100 Best Companies 
for the 7th year running

#18 Best Large Company To Work For in the UK

#1 Best Company To Work For In The Automotive Sector

#1 Best Company To Work For in Wales

Values

We are proud
We are proud of what we do, how we do it and  
the people who make it happen – we stand out  
from the crowd and are proud to work as part of 
Team Motorpoint.

We are happy
We enjoy what we do and we show it – a smile  
is contagious and our teams wear them naturally 
with pride. A happy team makes for a better  
working environment which in turn translates  
to a great customer experience.

We are supportive
We have a one team ethos and understand  
that together we achieve more. We are a united 
team focused on a common goal and vision and  
will always help our customers and colleagues  
alike #drivingdreams®.

We are honest
We speak the truth and give honest feedback at  
all times; this applies to our teams, investors and 
customers. Courage and honesty are the vehicles 
for positive change and Team Motorpoint has 
embraced this.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 29

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsENVIRONMENTAL , SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

At Motorpoint we believe that the combination of our focus on driving 
dreams, robust ESG credentials and people and culture differentiates 
us from our peers. 

Our people
Our people are at the heart of our business. 
Our achievements this year can be 
attributed to our talented teams who 
worked with pride and resilience through a 
hugely challenging year. Our people have 
demonstrated determination, commitment 
and dedication, adapting to new ways of 
working and embracing change to ensure 
the future success of the business. Our 
approach to developing a high performing 
and inclusive culture is achieved through  
a number of initiatives and is explained  
on the following pages.

COVID-19 safeguarding measures

2020 was a year of unprecedented change 
for our teams. COVID-19 forced three 
separate lockdowns and many of our 
colleagues were furloughed. This put a stop 
to many of our usual methods of 
connecting, celebrating and engaging with 
our workforce. Despite all these changes it 
has been a hugely powerful year for our 
team which has delivered some exceptional 
results. Our team has been fully committed 
to delivering excellence for our customers 
throughout the year, as is shown in our NPS. 
As a business we have remained truly 
focused on safeguarding our team, 
ensuring we are digitally mobilised,  
and our culture and values remain at  
the core of all we do. 

All head office teams, along with our online 
sales and customer care departments, were 
mobilised to remote working in March 
2020. We safely moved all employees to 
home working and have created COVID-19 
secure working spaces in all our branches. 
Our support teams will remain working in a 
flexible and agile way with workspaces 
being centres for connectivity and 
creativity.

Learning in lockdown 

We hosted a number of virtual sessions with 
external experts and ensured they were 
available to employees and their families 
and friends who were also in their bubble. 
These included managing change and 
building resilience, sleep and yoga. We even 
provided some resources to support with 
home schooling and cooking. 

We also launched our new Learning 
Management System, MySkills, to provide 
full access of our training materials and 
other e-learning resources to all employees 
throughout lockdown.

Employee wellbeing 

Employee wellbeing has always been high 
on the agenda, but this year we have seen 
the impact of the pandemic reinforce the 
employee requirement for further support. 
In Motorpoint, when we talk about 
supporting our employees with their 
wellbeing, it covers all four areas: mental, 
emotional, physical and financial.

Mental Health First Aiders (‘MHFAs')

We have over 30 trained MHFAs and have 
made it a compulsory training module for 
all managers in our business. In addition 
every Motorpoint branch has two trained 
MHFAs to support the teams locally.  
All of our HR Business Partners are also 
formally qualified.

Partnerships

We continue to partner with Sovereign 
Healthcare to provide a 24-hour employee 
support counselling hotline and financial 
support for key health treatment including 
optical support, physical therapy and  
dental care.

Emotional wellbeing – One Big 
Dream scheme

Our One Big Dream scheme gives the  
gift of time and flexibility, and allows an 
individual to take time out, once a month, 
fully paid to do something that matters  
to them. We only ask that employees do 
something that will genuinely drive their 
happiness. This benefit has received 
immensely positive feedback and has been 
used across an array of activities. The 
diversity of people’s selection demonstrates 
just how important it is to apply the 
flexibility to our employee benefits in order 
to have a real impact on personal wellbeing. 
We also give extra leave for birthdays, 
moving house and getting married.

Financial wellbeing

Since its launch in 2018 my MoT, our 
employee discount portal has delivered 
£37,000 savings to our employees on their 
everyday purchases.

During lockdown our senior leaders sent 
regular communications, not only on 
practical and business updates, but also  
on key resources and tools, to support our 
team and their family, who were negatively 
impacted. We protected our lower earning 
team members’ pay (who were furloughed) 
at 100% and have committed to tracking  
as a real living wage employer as we move 
into 2021.

We will continue to emphasise the 
importance of employee wellbeing and the 
critical role employers play in providing 
support to colleagues. We continue to build 
on our support package in this area and 
ensure that we regularly emphasise the 
importance of being open about these 
issues, regularly encouraging colleagues  
to also be open and to support each other, 
while providing additional support to 
colleagues. 

Talent development at Motorpoint

Our growth plans remain ambitious and 
exciting, and we have recruited into 197 
roles this year. Talent and succession 
planning is at the core of enabling this 
growth. This year has seen the 
introduction of our new Leadership 
Development programme as well as 
offering some core personal 
development workshops and 
operational technical training for all 
team members joining the preparation, 
yard and customer service teams.

This year we have partnered with Raise 
The Bar, a unique online programme 
featuring global experts to inspire a new 
generation of leaders, facilitated by 
industry leading specialists to develop a 
bespoke fast track leadership 
programme for our emerging talent. 

We run the internationally recognised 
Navigator and Springboard programmes 
provided by specialist consultants every 
year and applications are open to 
everyone in the business.

Coaching is a core part of our culture. 
Our Senior Leadership Team has been 
actively mentoring a number of our 
emerging leaders to develop these 
individuals reach their full potential,  
with the guidance of an impartial 
designated contact.

30 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Engaging/Listening to our employees

Closing the Gap

Employee engagement and advocacy is 
at a record high. We have been 
accredited with a 3* employer rating by 
Best Companies, showing ‘world class’ 
levels of employee engagement. The 
prestigious accolade was awarded after 
we received an exceptional grading in 
the Best Companies’ bHeard employee 
survey covering staff well-being, pay and 
benefits, personal growth, leadership 
and more. This result has led to us once 
again being ranked in the Top 100 Best 
Companies To Work For in the UK. This 
year we were ranked 18th in the Top 100 
Best Companies to Work For 2021, a 
huge improvement since the last Best 
Companies event exceeding our 
previous highest ranking of 42 by 24 
places. Alongside our position at number 
18 in the Top 100 Best Companies to 
Work For list, Motorpoint was listed 1st in 
the Automotive Sector Best Companies 
to Work list. These results are our best 
rankings ever, and a huge achievement 
which we are extremely proud of. 

Our rankings in external independent 
platforms also remain really high and 
saw us maintain a Glassdoor rating of 
4.5+ out of 5 throughout the year.

Turning up the volume on employee 
voice and ensuring that we are really 
connecting with what matters most is 
essential. We have rolled out a number 
of new ways to do this, in the absence of 
being able to visit branches for much of 
the year. We have invested in our 
communication platforms and team as 
well as launched new virtual touch 
points to stay connected to employees 
and host our regular listening forums. 
These are done via Happy Hours where 
our CEO hosts two forums a month. 

Although we have made some great progress in closing our Gender Pay Gap through 
the development and recruitment of females into leadership roles, we acknowledge 
there is still some work to be done to further close our Gender Pay Gap. We will continue 
to ensure equality across our key leadership roles, and an area of opportunity is our Sales 
Executive demographic. Although 6% of our Sales Executives are female, the average 
hourly pay for this group sits within our Upper Quartile. 

The introduction of two new females into our Senior Leadership Team and a restructure 
to build in a new leadership level has positively impacted the representation of females in 
the Upper Quartile, which has increased from 5% to 19%. This is further demonstrated by 
our recruitment and development strategy; during FY21 18% of our female workforce 
received a pay increase or promotion compared with 8% of male counterparts.

Attraction strategy:

•  Avoid any unconscious bias when writing our vacancy adverts. All of our adverts go 

through a gender decoder before they go live. This ensures that the tone and position 
of our adverts are gender neutral. We are also in the process of redesigning our 
employer brand to ensure alignment with the corporate brand, which is underpinned 
by ensuring gender neutralisation for our customers and employees. 

•  We continue to monitor and improve our family friendly policies, including parental 

leave and our approach to flexible working. We offer enhanced paternity and 
maternity pay and we have completely changed our approach to flexible working and 
actively encourage our teams to work from home to help with their work-life balance 
and overall wellbeing. 

•  To further drive our female talent pipeline we have partnered with Flex, a networking 

group of successful females to share ideas, mentor, coach and support each other on 
their career paths.

•  We will share our Gender Pay Gap report with the Senior Leadership Team and 

leadership teams continue to provide support and guidance to those who make 
selection decisions. 

Male

Female

Average bonus pay

£10,818.38

£2,889.75

Total average hourly pay

£10.50

£10.56

Gap

73.29%

-0.57%

Equality, Diversity and Inclusion 

We have set up an Inclusion Committee this year to educate and celebrate individuality to 
drive inclusivity. The Inclusion Committee meets regularly to move forward our Equality, 
Diversity and Inclusion focus to ensure we are delivering against our objectives of building a 
strategy of true inclusion in our workforce. The Inclusion Committee is chaired by the Chief 
People Officer and has eight other team member representatives from across the Group as 
peer mentors and allies. We have also formally appointed a role in our people team to 
provide dedicated resource and expertise to our Equality, Diversity and Inclusion plans. The 
Head of Recruitment and Inclusion will work directly with the Senior Leadership Team and 
our employee network to build our plans and goals in order to ensure we are proactively 
measuring ourselves against them so that we deliver a culture of true inclusion.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 31

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsENVIRONMENTAL , SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

“ We are committed to 
promoting a culture 
within Motorpoint where 
everyone does the right 
thing and acts with 
integrity at all times.”

Governance
We are committed to promoting a culture within Motorpoint where 
everyone does the right thing and acts with integrity at all times. We require 
all employees and third parties who act on our behalf to conduct business 
honestly and with integrity, and to take personal responsibility for ensuring 
that our commitment to sound and ethical business conduct is delivered.

Whistleblowing

We operate a confidential whistleblowing 
hotline which is available for all of our team 
and our suppliers, to give them the 
opportunity to raise any issues about 
dishonesty or malpractice within 
Motorpoint, the results of which are 
independently collated and submitted to 
the Compliance Committee. 

Anti-bribery and corruption 

Motorpoint has a zero-tolerance policy in 
respect of bribery and corruption. This 
extends to all business dealings and 
transactions, and includes a prohibition on 
offering or receiving inappropriate gifts or 
making undue payments to influence the 
outcome of business dealings. 

Staff are required to disclose offers of gifts, 
hospitality or other incentives with a value 
of more than £200. All employees receive 
communication of the relevant policies as 
part of the onboarding process and new 
versions are sent out if updated. 

The Group does not make political 
donations.

Treating Customers Fairly 

Treating Customers Fairly (‘TCF') is a 
regulatory requirement and applies to all 
regulated firms in the conduct of their 
business. The Financial Conduct Authority 
(‘FCA') regards fair treatment of customers 
by firms as a key part of FCA regulation in 
the retail market. 

TCF is a core foundation of delivering our 
retail proposition of Choice, Value, Service 
and Quality, and is thereby fundamental to 
delivering long-term business value. To this 
end the Board has reviewed and maintained 
our Treating Customers Fairly and 
Vulnerable Customers policy. Through 
concerted focus, TCF has become an 
integral part of the culture and is subject to 
frequent and rigorous scrutiny within all 
forums that consider, inter alia, customer-
facing processes, staff remuneration, and 
product selection. We are committed to 
delivering the best possible service to our 
customers, with objectives across the 
business reflecting this aim.

In particular, the following business areas 
are under constant review in light of 
changes to Motorpoint’s business model, 
customer requirements or the regulatory 
environment:

•  marketing practices, including 

promotional material;

•  sales processes, whether on site, via the 

contact centre or digital;

•  customer communications;

•  record keeping; and

•  complaints handling.

A review and reporting environment has 
been developed to ensure that Motorpoint’s 
high expectations are met, and that all 
systems, people and processes are 
supported to achieve our TCF objectives, 
including via:

•  qualitative quality controls, such as after 
sale customer interviews and mystery 
shoppers;

•  quantitative quality controls, such as 
cancellation rates for products within 
their cooling-off period; and

•  ongoing training and support for our 
team, including personalised and 
scheduled refresher training.

Human rights

Motorpoint conducts business in an ethical 
manner and adheres to policies which 
support recognised human rights 
principles. We continue to address the risks 
of modern slavery and human trafficking, 
with the Board debating and adopting the 
annual Anti-Slavery Statement and raising 
awareness of the risks across the business. 
We work with our suppliers to protect 
workers from abuse or exploitation by 
communicating to them the terms of our 
Anti-Slavery Statement and request their 
adherence to our policy.

A statement of the Group’s compliance  
with the Modern Slavery Act 2015 can  
be found on the Group’s website at  
www.motorpointplc.com.

32 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

FINANCIAL REVIEW

E-commerce investment 
reaping rewards 
The Group experienced strong sales when branches were open to 
customers, and accelerated online performance. We are emerging from  
this unprecedented period as a stronger business and better E-commerce 
enabled, with renewed confidence to accelerate our digital transition.

“ By reacting quickly and 
decisively to closures 
of our branches, the 
business demonstrated 
the agility to respond 
quickly to the changing 
trading conditions and 
emerged with a strong 
balance sheet to 
support future growth 
ambitions.”

Chris Morgan
Chief Financial Officer

COVID-19

During the pandemic the Group demonstrated its agility to respond quickly to changing 
trading conditions. Branches were closed from the middle of March 2020 through to June, 
with further closures in November and December, and then from January 2021 for the 
remainder of our financial year.

Actions taken during the year to preserve cash and reduce costs included suspending 
capital projects, reducing discretionary spending and furloughing a large proportion of 
colleagues, with the Senior Leadership Team and Board members also taking voluntary pay 
reductions to help maintain our lowest paid colleagues at 100% of their salaries. In addition, 
a further temporary 12 month £15.0m overdraft facility was agreed with our lender, 
Santander UK PLC, in May 2020 to help support short term cash impacts, should it have 
been required during the pandemic. This additional facility was not used. Amounts relating 
to the CJRS scheme totalling £3.9m (FY20: £0.3m) and rates support of £1.8m (FY20: £Nil) 
were received in the year.

Despite the challenges of COVID-19, the Group experienced strong sales when branches 
were open to customers, especially during the second quarter of the financial year, and 
enjoyed an excellent start to FY22 as we entered the next phase of our growth plans. In 
addition, the Board was encouraged by E-commerce sales during FY21, and the outlook for 
this revenue stream.

Group financial performance headlines

Revenue for the year to 31 March 2021 reduced by 29.1% to £721.4m (FY20: £1,018.0m) as a 
consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic and Government imposed lockdowns. 

Gross profit was £62.5m (FY20: £78.9m), a decrease of 20.8%. Gross margin increased to 
8.7% (FY20: 7.8%). This increase reflected robust vehicle margins, strong buying and pricing 
controls, as well as efficiency improvements to the preparation processes.

EBITDA decreased by 33.0% to £18.3m (FY20: £27.3m). Profit before tax fell to £9.7m (FY20: 
£18.8m), with the increased reduction against revenue reflecting the proportion of fixed 
costs within overheads. The Group broke even in the second half of the year, despite all 
retail branches being closed for over four of the six months of that period, and an increase in 
marketing spend in March 2021 in preparation for the April 2021 reopening.

The Group’s balance sheet remains robust with no structural debt, and net cash at the year 
end increased to £6.0m (FY20: £0.8m).

Trading performance

The Group has two key revenue streams, being (i) vehicles sold to retail customers via  
the Group’s branches, call centre and digital channels, and (ii) vehicles sold to wholesale 
customers via the Group’s Auction4Cars.com website.

Retail customers

Wholesale customers

Total

Year ended 
31 March 
2021
£m

Year ended
31 March 
2020
£m

Year ended 
31 March 
2021
£m

Year ended 
31 March 
2020
£m

Year ended 
31 March 
2021
£m

Revenue 
Gross profit

593.8
54.1

839.0
69.6

127.6
8.4

179.0
9.3

721.4
62.5

Year ended 
31 March 
2020
£m

1,018.0
78.9

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 33

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

Despite the impact of COVID-19, the Group delivered a robust 
volume performance in the year, underlining the strength of 
Motorpoint’s omnichannel model, and in particular, the momentum 
and potential of its online channels. Roughly 68,000 vehicles were 
sold in total.

We accelerated our investment in our digital offering through the 
rollout of our free national Home Delivery service and a 
streamlined, contactless Reserve and Collect option for the large 
number of customers who still want to view their car before 
completing their purchase.

Retail

Revenue from retail customers was down 29.2% to £593.8m (FY20: 
£839.0m), with approximately 43,000 vehicles sold. Of these 52% 
were sold online, retaining our position as the number one retailer of 
nearly new cars in the UK, both online and offline. Between launch 
in May 2020 and the end of the period, circa 9,300 vehicles were 
delivered to customers’ homes (FY20: Nil). 

Gross margin improved to 9.1% in the year (FY20: 8.3%) reflecting a 
number of positive trends. While vehicle margin benefited from 
increased demand pushing prices up during open periods, internal 
changes in buying and pricing strategies have resulted in continued 
positive movements in this area.

Finance and extras per vehicle sold were broadly consistent with 
the previous year, despite the increased mix of online trading.

The Group also continues to focus on internal processes within the 
vehicle handling and preparation side of the business. Improved 
speed of preparation, combined with strong cost control, has 
resulted in a further strengthening of gross margin in the year. 

The Group opened a new branch in December 2020 at Stockton on 
Tees, taking the total of trading locations to 14. Due to the lockdown 
from January 2021, sales from this new branch were minimal in the 
year. However, sales at Swansea, which opened in January 2020, 
were encouraging during the times when that branch was open. 
Both branches have performed well once the lockdown measures 
were lifted in April 2021.

Wholesale

Wholesale revenue fell in line with retail sales, since Auction4Cars.
com sells wholesale vehicles which have been part-exchanged by 
retail customers. Roughly 25,000 vehicles were sold via this purely 
online platform. Gross margin strengthened to 6.6% (FY20: 5.2%), 
again the result of the market and internal pricing controls.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses fell by 11.8% to £49.9m (FY20: £56.6m), 
including the impact of CJRS receipts of £3.9m (FY20: £0.3m) and 
rates support of £1.8m (FY20: £Nil). Overheads remained under tight 
control throughout FY21, with all discretionary spend challenged. 
Branch level costs were reduced wherever possible, particularly 
during periods when there were no onsite customers. Marketing 
expenses were level with the previous year, with reduced activity 
during periods of closure, but increased activity as we moved 
towards the April 2021 reopening. Marketing costs also included a 
greater proportion of digital spend than previously, which is 
expected to continue.

Exceptional items

There have been no exceptional items in the year (FY20: £Nil).

Interest

The Group’s net financial expense decreased to £2.9m (FY20: 
£3.5m) with borrowings under the Group’s bank facility being fully 
repaid during the year. 

During FY21 the Group increased its stocking facility with Black 
Horse Limited by £5.0m, taking the total to £80.0m, in addition  
to the existing £26.0m stocking facility with Lombard North  
Central PLC. 

At 31 March 2021 the Group had £106.0m (FY20: £101.0m) of 
stocking finance facilities available of which £89.2m (FY20: £86.1m) 
was drawn.

The Black Horse Limited facility is repayable on the earlier of the sale 
of the respective vehicle or a latest date of between 90 and 150 
days from date of drawdown of the facility amount. The repayment 
term was extended by 30 days for vehicles on the scheme as at 
18 March 2021. Since renegotiation the facility bears interest at the 
rate of 1.0% over Finance House Base Rate.

The Lombard North Central PLC was negotiated in March 2019 and 
all borrowings are secured against the vehicle which the stocking 
finance facility is drawn down against. The finance is repayable on 
the earlier of the respective vehicle sale, or a latest date of between 
90 and 120 days from date of drawdown of the facility amount. The 
repayment term was extended by 60 days for vehicles on the 
scheme as at 4 February 2021. The facility bears interest at the rate 
of 1.35% over Finance House Base Rate.

The Group also has a £20.0m facility with Santander UK PLC, split 
between £6.0m available as an overdraft and £14.0m available as a 
revolving credit facility. At 31 March 2020, £10.0m was drawn on this 
facility, to ensure operational liquidity over the year end period of 
COVID-19 disruption. This was fully repaid in the year. 

Total interest charges on these above facilities were £1.3m  
(FY20: £1.9m).

Interest on lease liabilities of £1.6m (FY20: £1.6m) was incurred 
during the year.

Taxation

The Group seeks to manage its taxation obligations in the UK in 
compliance with applicable tax laws and regulations, ensuring that 
available tax incentives and allowances are utilised, and recognised 
where it makes commercial sense to do so giving regard to the 
costs of making the associated claims.

The tax charge in the period is for the amount assessable for UK 
corporation tax in the year net of prior year adjustments and 
deferred tax credits. The effective rate of tax in the year of 22.0% 
(FY20: 19.0%) is higher than the charge which would result from the 
standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.0%. This reflects 
timing differences relating to fixed assets.

Shares

At 31 March 2021, 90,189,885 ordinary shares were outstanding, of 
which 34,841 were held in the Employee Benefits Trust.

Earnings per share

Basic and diluted earnings per share were both 8.4 pence (FY20: 
both 16.4 pence), a fall of 48.8%.

34 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Dividends

Cash flow and net debt

No interim dividend was paid in the year (FY20: £2.3m) and the 
Board has not recommended a final dividend (2020: £Nil). There 
has also been no share buybacks during the year. 

Capital expenditure and disposals

Cash capital expenditure was £3.6m (FY20: £12.3m), primarily 
relating to the opening of Stockton on Tees. Only one new location 
was opened during the year, as lockdown had restricted the 
identification of new branches.

The Group is also investing in projects to strengthen its digital 
offering and online presence; this strategy will continue into FY22. 

Disposal proceeds in the year of £6.1m (FY20: £Nil) relate to the 
Swansea branch (opened January 2020), for which the Group 
entered a sale and leaseback agreement to free up funds for other 
growth activities. This approach aligns the financing of Swansea 
with the majority of the property estate. 

Balance sheet

The Group continues to have a strong balance sheet, with net 
current assets increasing by £12.0m to £15.6m. In addition to cost 
scrutiny, working capital was proactively managed during the year.

Net assets at 31 March 2021 were £27.6m (FY20: £20.2m), equivalent 
to 30.6 pence per share.

Non-current assets were £60.9m (FY20: £61.8m) made up of £16.1m 
of property, plant and equipment, £43.6m right-of-use assets and 
£1.2m of deferred tax assets (FY20: £18.9m, £41.6m and £1.3m 
respectively). The Group currently owns three properties being the 
preparation centre in Peterborough, the Stockton on Tees branch, 
and some additional land in Glasgow. All other properties are on 
leases of various lengths.

The Group closed the year with £128.4m of inventory, up 14.8% 
compared to FY20. This planned increase was partly due to the 
addition of the Stockton on Tees branch, but primarily due to 
preparing for the pent up demand of the April 2021 branch 
reopening.

As a result of increased buying activity, the Group has a significant 
VAT receivable balance at the year end of £3.7m, which compares 
to a £1.4m payable in FY20. Prepayments and accrued income have 
also risen from £0.4m in FY20 to £1.4m, primarily due to the timing 
of a rebate receivable in the current period. 

Trade and other payables, inclusive of the stock financing facilities, 
have also increased to £125.7m (FY20: £111.8m) as a direct result of 
increased buying activities in the lead up to the year end.

The increase in total lease liabilities to £49.3m (FY20: £45.4m) 
reflects the new branch activity.

Cash generated from operations was £12.4m (FY20: £33.2m) 
representing an operating cash conversion of 98.4%, down from 
148.9% in the previous year. This movement is primarily driven by 
the same factors described above relating to COVID-19, and 
balance sheet trends, as preparation for branches reopening in April 
2021 has driven increased inventory purchasing. 

Capital spend was reduced and shareholder distributions were 
paused in the year resulting in cash outflows from investing and 
financing activities being lower than the previous year. 

The Group’s position net of cash and cash equivalents, and debt, 
has improved from £0.8m to £6.0m demonstrating the Group’s 
flexibility and strength in a stressed environment.

Closing monthly net cash balances remained positive throughout 
the year.

Capital structure and treasury

The Group’s long term funding is provided primarily through 
shareholders’ funds and IFRS 16 related property debt, with bank 
debt available should it be required.

The Group’s loan facility with Santander UK PLC, split between 
£6.0m available as an overdraft and £14.0m available as a revolving 
credit facility, is used primarily as a mechanism for funding short 
term working capital needs. A further temporary 12 month £15.0m 
overdraft facility was agreed with Santander UK PLC in May 2020 to 
help support short term cash impacts, should it have been required 
during the pandemic. This additional facility was not used. The 
existing £20.0m facility expires in May 2024.

Capital allocation policy

The Board intends to continue to invest in the business in order to 
grow revenue, profit and return on capital employed. This is 
expected to include expenditure for E-commerce investment and 
new locations to support the Group’s strategy. 

The Board’s objective is to maximise long term shareholder returns 
through a disciplined deployment of cash generated, and it has 
adopted the following capital allocation policy in support of this:

•  Organic growth: the Board will continue to invest in IT systems 
and new locations to better enable us to serve customers, 
whether they wish to purchase online or at a branch;

•  Regular returns to shareholders: the Board intends to pay a 
regular dividend to shareholders, with a policy of growing 
dividends through the business cycle;

•  Acquisitions: the Board would consider value enhancing 

acquisition opportunities in markets consistent with its existing 
operations;

•  Treatment of excess capital: whilst the Board is committed to 

maintaining an efficient balance sheet, their expectation is that 
there will be a resumption of returning excess cash to 
shareholders, in the form of share buybacks or special dividends.

Chris Morgan
Chief Financial Officer
16 June 2021

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 35

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsRISK MANAGEMENT

Continuous identification 
and review

Many of our principal risks were escalated in the year due to the impact  
of COVID-19. This has in particular exacerbated economic conditions,  
health and safety, consistency of supply, and raised liquidity stress, as 
highlighted in the individual risk descriptions set out on pages 39 to 43. 

Approach to risk management

Principal risks and uncertainties

How the Board manages risk 

On the following pages are details of our 
principal risks and uncertainties and the key 
mitigating activities in place to address 
them. It is recognised that the Group is 
exposed to risks wider than those listed. We 
disclose those we believe are likely to have 
the greatest impact on our business at this 
moment in time and which have been 
subject to debate at recent Board or Audit 
Committee meetings.

The Board and each of its delegated 
Committees operate to a prescribed 
meeting agenda in order to ensure that all 
relevant risks are identified and addressed 
as appropriate. Key management 
information is reviewed in order to prescribe 
operating controls and performance 
monitoring against the Company’s strategy 
and business plans.

The Non-Executive Directors have particular 
responsibility for monitoring the financial 
and operating performance, to ensure that 
progress is being made towards our agreed 
goals. The Board’s responsibilities also 
include assessing the effectiveness of 
internal controls and the management  
of risk.

The Board is accountable for maintaining a 
policy of continuous identification and 
review of the principal risks facing the 
Group which could threaten its future 
performance or business model. On behalf 
of the Board, the Audit Committee reviews 
the effectiveness of Motorpoint’s risk 
management processes.

The Compliance Committee has delegated 
responsibility, from the Audit Committee, 
for formally identifying and assessing these 
risks annually, measuring them against a 
defined set of criteria, and considering the 
likelihood of occurrence and potential 
impact to the Group. The Compliance 
Committee is formed of the two Executive 
Directors and the Company Secretary.

The Group’s risk profile is reported to the 
Executive Board for review and challenge, 
ahead of final review and approval by the 
Board. These principal risks are then subject 
to Board discussion during the course of 
the year, as appropriate. To drive 
continuous improvement across the 
business, the Compliance Committee 
monitors the suitability and adequacy of 
controls in place and the ongoing status of 
action plans against key risks quarterly, with 
a particular focus for those risks considered 
to be outside of the Group’s risk appetite.

36 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

1st line

2nd line

3rd line

Operational and 
management controls

Risk and compliance 
monitoring

Independent and 
external review

•  Site management with appropriate 

•  Compliance and Data Protection 

•  External advisors engaged to review 

team structure and dedicated 
leadership team reporting line.

•  Visible, championed values and 

expected behaviours.

•  Application of company policies and 

procedures.

•  Employee induction, training and 

ongoing support.

•  Executive and leadership team 

oversight.

Officers.

1st and 2nd lines.

•  Operational audit activity.

•  Open culture of challenge to 

•  Risk management framework.

•  External specialists engaged to 

monitor and report on compliance 
operations.

existing processes and 
whistleblowing hotline.

•  An expanded internal audit function 
(currently being put in place) to 
support this objective.

The Board’s review of risk and controls

During the year, the Board considered all strategic matters, received 
key performance information on operating, financial and 
compliance matters and reviewed the results of corresponding 
controls and risk management. The Board received from the Audit 
and Compliance committees timely information and reports on all 
relevant aspects of risk and corresponding controls.

We reviewed all of our key Company policies and ensured that all 
matters of internal control received adequate Board scrutiny and 
debate. At Board meetings, and informally via the Chairman, all 
Directors had the opportunity to raise matters of particular concern 
to them. There were no unresolved concerns in the year.

We concluded that appropriate controls are in place and 
functioning effectively. The Board considers that the Group’s 
systems provide information which is adequate to permit the 
identification of key risks to its business and the proper assessment 
and mitigation of those risks.

Based on the work of the Audit and Compliance committees, the 
Board has performed a robust assessment to ensure that: (i) the 
principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group’s business have 
been identified and assessed, and are aligned to the Group’s 
business strategies; and (ii) appropriate mitigation is in place.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 37

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsRISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

Viability statement

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, the 
Board has assessed the prospects of the Group over a period in 
excess of the 12 months required by the ‘Going Concern’ provision, 
selecting a three year period to the end of FY24 which takes into 
account the Group’s current position and the potential impact of 
the principal risks and uncertainties as set out on pages 39 to 43. 

In making their assessment the Directors considered the Group’s 
current balance sheet, its strong track record of generating 
operational cash flows, the availability of facilities, and stress testing 
of the key trading assumptions within the Group’s plan. 

The Board has considered a stressed budget position, which 
models multiple branch closures during FY22 as well as depressed 
volumes during open periods, and then one further closure in each 
of the following two years. The perceived impact of COVID-19 in 
FY23 and FY24 of the stress test is reduced compared to FY22 and 
therefore the stress factors applied in the model for those two years 
is less significant. Management demonstrated during FY21 that 
significant cost control measures can be implemented at short 
notice and therefore similar actions have been factored into this 
scenario, including the utilisation of certain Government support 
initiatives until such support is no longer available under current 
Government legislation. Whilst this stressed scenario places 
additional pressures on both cash flow and profitability, the Group 
expects a level of socially distanced sales will again be possible 
during future lockdowns, and ultimately expects to return to normal 
levels of volume upon reopening. 

The selection of the assumptions for the stressed budget is inherently 
subjective, and whilst the Board considered these assumptions to 
reflect a substantial downside, albeit plausible, scenario, the future 
impact of the Coronavirus pandemic is unknown. 

Given recent reported trends in Coronavirus case numbers, as well 
as vaccination coverage, there is very good reason to be optimistic 
that any future impact of the pandemic is likely to be less severe 
than what was seen in FY21. The Board does acknowledge that 
there are potential future direct and indirect implications of the 
pandemic which could continue to impact on the Group, including 
on its liquidity and adherence to financial covenants but these are 
highly unlikely. 

Scenario modelling has been considered throughout the year and 
at year end by management to formulate response options against 
moderate or severe downturns in sales volumes, potential margin 
pressures and possible cost challenges. 

During FY21, the Group demonstrated its ability to take extensive 
actions to minimise the impact on short term cash flows; 
temporarily pausing all capital expenditure, furloughing team 
members, suspending dividend payments and the share buyback 
programme, except to cover employee related share-based 
payments, and reducing all non-essential spend. The Group has 
made use of the Government’s Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme 
and continues to work closely with its financing partners. 

This includes agreement on repayment extensions on the stocking 
loan facilities, and notably securing an additional 12 month 
temporary uncommitted £15.0m overdraft facility with Santander 
UK PLC in May 2020 which was not used and has not been renewed 
subsequent to the year end.

In the eventuality of a further period of prolonged closure of all or 
most of the Group’s branches, it is possible that the Group would 
need to negotiate changes to its current banking covenants but this 
is something which has only be considered in the more extreme 
downturn scenarios modelled which are not currently  
considered plausible. 

The Group continues to consider and monitor further potential 
mitigation actions it could take to strengthen its cash position and 
reduce operating costs in the event of a more severe downside 
scenario. Such cost reduction and cash preservation actions would 
include, but are not limited to; reducing spend on specific variable 
cost lines including marketing and branch trading expenses, team 
costs most notably sales commissions, pausing new stock 
commitments and extending the period for which expansionary 
capital spend, dividends, and share buybacks are suspended. 

The introduction of contactless collection and home delivery 
options during FY21 allowed the Group to maintain steady sales 
levels through its online and digital sales channels during later 
periods of branch closure. Further, as evidence that consumer 
demand for a physical presence still remains strong, record levels  
of sales volumes have been seen when our branches have been 
permitted to reopen.

The Group has demonstrated an exceptionally flexible approach to 
trading in a restricted environment, in particular experiencing 
improving online sales, and is well placed to capitalise on growth 
opportunities as we enter FY22.

The Directors have also made use of the post year end trading 
performance to provide additional assurance that the year end 
stock levels and associated provisioning were reasonable, and that 
it is reasonable that no branches require an impairment provision. 
While only a short period has passed since the year end, this 
evidence adds further comfort to the continuing strength of the 
Group in an active market.

Based on this assessment, the Board confirms it has a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period to 31 March 2024. 

The Board has determined that the period constitutes an 
appropriate period over which to provide its Viability Statement. 
This is the period detailed in our Strategic Plan which we approve 
each year as part of the strategic review. Whilst the Board has no 
reason to believe the Group will not be viable over a longer period, 
given the inherent uncertainty involved we believe this presents 
users of the Annual Report and Accounts with a reasonable degree 
of confidence while still providing a medium term perspective.

38 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Risk and impact

Mitigating controls

Progress made in FY21

Competition, Market and Customers
The UK vehicle market is highly 
competitive and customers have a broad 
choice of retailers, some of which offer 
comparable products. The market 
continues to see consolidation and 
innovation, through which our 
competitors have progressed their 
propositions.

•  Continue to drive our multichannel 

proposition, refined post COVID-19 to 
accelerate growth opportunities.

•  Continue to compete via our business 
model’s consistent focus on Choice, 
Value, Service and Quality; each of 
these cornerstones is built into the 
business operation and reporting. For 
example, customer satisfaction ratings 
are used in the calculation of all 
bonuses or commissions across  
the business.

• 

• 

Investment in brand marketing, digital 
engineering, data insight capability and 
service to raise awareness of 
Motorpoint and meet customer needs.

Investment in supply chain capacity 
and capability, and delivery of 
productivity improvements to enable 
us to compete effectively and allocate 
resource to growth driving activity.

•  Commission regular customer insight 
reports to track performance against 
the market, competitors and other key 
indicators. Mystery shopping best in 
class retailers.

•  Brand awareness and relevance 

expanded to both new and existing 
customers, through investment in our 
website, advertising and via more 
personalised outbound 
communications.

•  Customer satisfaction, measured using 
the NPS system, sits at the heart of our 
operations and is subject to regular 
scrutiny across all levels of the 
business.

•  We closely monitor customer 

perceptions using both qualitative and 
quantitative feedback, and respond 
quickly where possible.

•  We constantly review our branch 
process to ensure we continue to 
deliver on the customer proposition.

Concurrently customer expectations and 
buying patterns are evolving, with the 
traditional research and purchase 
channels becoming ever more influenced 
by digital media, peer recommendations 
and convenience.

Failing to stay ahead of the market or to 
adapt to changing customer behaviours 
faster than the competition could 
undermine our ability to meet 
our objectives.

Brand and Reputation
As a function of being independent of 
manufacturer support, Motorpoint 
attracts new and repeat customers 
substantially through building a 
compelling perception of the Company’s 
brand and reputation. Our customers 
expect us to deliver vehicles that are safe, 
compliant with legal and regulatory 
requirements, and fit for purpose.

Failure to maintain these would rapidly 
result in a loss of customer confidence 
and impact levels of business.

Unfavourable publicity concerning the 
Company or the industry in which it 
operates could also have an  
adverse impact.

•  Successful re-platform of our 
motorpoint.co.uk website and 
introduction of Home Delivery and our 
Reserve and Collect offer with minimal 
disruption, enabling us to serve 
customers when branches were closed 
due to COVID-19.

• 

Increased brand awareness through 
continued investment in brand 
marketing and nationwide TV 
advertising.

•  Continued innovation in our digital 

offering and strengthened campaigns.

•  Conducted brand tracking analysis in 
November 2020 to understand brand 
perception from active consumers in 
the market. Second session delivered in 
April 2021.

•  Launched new TV creative to carry key 
messaging around our four core value 
propositions – Choice, Value, Service 
and Quality.

• 

Improved social media monitoring 
processes to ensure customer 
interactions are considered and dealt 
with quickly and effectively.

•  Migration of website pages into a  
new content management system 
accelerated. This enabled changes  
and updates to content to be made 
quicker and with more creative 
flexibility.Roadmap of branch 
improvements now in place for  
key pages and journeys within the 
online buying journey.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 39

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsPRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED

Risk and impact

Mitigating controls

Progress made in FY21

•  Constantly monitor the market and 

Availability and Terms of Customer Finance
Vehicle sales volumes rely on our 
customers being able to access 
affordable credit lines. As such the 
Company is exposed to the risk of 
lending institutions reducing, terminating 
or materially altering the terms and 
conditions on which they are willing to 
offer consumer credit to the 
Company’s customers.

•  Work in conjunction with our partners 
to keep our consumer credit offer 
relevant, competitive and viable.

•  Where possible reinvest in the quality of 
the customer offer, preferring to build 
its appeal rather than maximise our 
commission rates.

emerging trends.

•  The wider ongoing economic impacts 
of the COVID-19 are yet unknown, but 
may lead to a change in customer 
affordability and a change in risk 
appetite of lending institutions.

•  Customer finance offered through a 
panel of key relationship partners to 
minimise any negative impact on  
the customer.

Commission income generated by the 
Company acting as a regulated credit 
broker could be impacted if either the 
number of such arrangements reduces, 
or the structure and amount of 
commissions earned is altered.

Supply Chain Disruption
Sales/profitability and customer 
satisfaction could be impacted by supply 
chain disruption or loss of access to 
key suppliers.

•  Use of a broad spread of supply 

channels, within each of which are 
long-standing relationships. 

•  Employment of an experienced buying 

team which is responsible for 
maintaining an efficient and effective 
supply chain.

•  Able to utilise our buying criteria within 
the scope of our retail proposition (age 
and mileage of vehicles) to access 
more supply if required. 

•  Business continuity plans in place for 

•  COVID-19 safe processes implemented 
in our distribution centres and Home 
Delivery Network to enable operations 
to continue throughout and post the 
COVID-19 crisis. This included a 
significant increase in ‘Direct to 
Customer’ deliveries from our suppliers.

• 

’Fit for Future’ logistics capacity plan 
developed. Will need to evolve this as 
we increase capacity to meet increased 
demand for home delivery. 

•  Upgraded home delivery vehicle fleet.

Motorpoint non-store facilities.

•  Business continuity plans for all 

•  We seek to limit dependency on 
individual suppliers by actively 
managing key supplier relationships.

branches reviewed, and successfully 
executed.

Brexit
The ongoing risk of disruption on the 
supply chain following the UK’s exit from 
the European Union is likely to have at 
least some impact on Motorpoint - with 
circa 80% of new UK cars being imported 
from the EU. Any movement in foreign 
exchange rates or friction within the 
transport or customs process have the 
potential to impact pricing and volume 
allocation in the UK.

•  Post-Brexit risk assessment in place and 
regularly reviewed, and mitigations in 
place.

•  Hedging requirements regularly 

reviewed.

•  Contingency plans put in place to adjust 
to new legislation from January 2021.

•  Continuing to work with logistics 

partners and suppliers to minimise risk 
of supply chain disruption and ensure 
that processes are in place for new 
customs’ regimes.

•  Plans in place to manage potential port 

congestion. 

•  Prepared operational plan to manage 

fall in value of sterling.

40 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Risk and impact

Mitigating controls

Progress made in FY21

Economic Vulnerability 
Failure to withstand the impact of an 
event or combination of events that 
significantly disrupts all or a substantial 
part of the Group’s sales or operations 
(e.g. pandemic).

Finance and Treasury
Growth constrained by lack of access to 
capital/ financial resource.

Action taken to mitigate impact of 
COVID-19 crisis including:

• 

 Securing financial position of the Group 
by ceasing all non-essential 
expenditure, reduction or freezing of 
salaries.

• 

Increasing the frequency of Board 
meetings.

•  Ensuring that we had plans in place for 
colleagues to work remotely where 
possible and contingency plans to 
close/ reopen branches and facilities 
safely in accordance with legal 
requirements.

•  Prioritising safety of colleagues and 

customers.

•  Working closely with suppliers to 

implement alternative fulfilment routes.

• 

• 

Increasing engagement with 
colleagues, customers and suppliers.

Increased focus on colleague 
well-being.

• 

Internal control and risk management 
process in place to identify and 
manage risks (including emerging risks) 
that may impact the business.

•  Conservative financial approach – 
strong balance sheet, relatively low 
levels of structural debt, low risk 
property portfolio, ‘value for money’ 
mentality.

•  Strong and united Board and 
Management team in place, 
experienced managers in key roles and 
committed colleagues.

•  Strong values – emphasising ’long term 

thinking’ and ‘acting like owners’ – 
which Board and senior management 
are required to role model, embedded 
in the business through recruitment 
and appraisal, and colleague 
communications.

•  Strong relationships maintained with 

key stakeholders (shareholders, 
colleagues, customers, suppliers, 
community).

• 

Investment in the Motorpoint brand 
and diversity of routes to market 
provide flexibility through our 
omnichannel approach.

•  Business continuity plans in place and 

kept up to date for branches, 
operations and technology.

• 

Insurance cover in place to cover key 
risks, where applicable. Particular focus 
on cash flow management.

•  Expert third-party advisers in place (e.g. 
corporate PR, corporate, banking, legal) 
to assist.

•  Motorpoint uses a selection of finance 

facilities to fund its operations including 
a stock financing facility secured 
against its retail vehicle stocks.

•  Actions continue to improve controls 
around stock and cash management, 
including controls around stock 
purchasing and forecasting.

•  The Group has a £6.0m overdraft and a 

•  Forward-looking cash flow forecasts 

£14.0m Revolving Credit Facility in 
place until May 2024.

•  A treasury policy and set of processes 
are in place to govern and control cash 
flow activities, including the investment 
of surplus cash.

•  Hedging arrangements in place for 
foreign exchange transactions, and 
freight and energy prices are agreed in 
advance, to help mitigate volatility and 
aid margin management.

and covenant tests prepared to ensure 
that sufficient liquidity and covenant 
headroom exists.

•  Negotiated an increased temporary 

banking facility approved by the Board 
in June 2020. This additional facility was 
not used.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 41

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsPRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED

Risk and impact

Mitigating controls

Progress made in FY21

IT systems, Data and Cyber Security
Operations impacted by failure to develop 
technology to support the strategy, lack 
of availability due to cyber attack or other 
failure, and reputational damage/fines 
due to loss of personal data.

•  Formal IT governance processes in place 
to cover all aspects of IT management.

•  Changes to IT services are managed 
through a combination of formal 
programmes for large and complex 
programmes, or bespoke iterative 
development methodologies for 
smaller-scale changes.

•  A detailed IT development and security 
roadmap is in place, aligned to strategy.
•  Comprehensive third-party support in 

place for relevant technologies.

•  Business continuity in place for all major 

systems and applications.

•  Regular vulnerability scans, annual 
penetration testing with systematic 
methodology to treat identified threats.
•  Business process, authorisation controls 
and access to sensitive transactions are 
kept under review.

Regulatory and Compliance
Fines, damages claims and reputational 
damage could be incurred if we fail to 
comply with legislative or regulatory 
requirements, including consumer law, 
health and safety, employment law, GDPR 
and data protection, Bribery Act.

•  Policies and training are in place in 

respect of key compliance areas. These 
are regularly reviewed and updated.

•  Operational management are 
responsible for liaising with the 
Company Secretary and external 
advisers to ensure that new legislation is 
identified and relevant action taken.
•  Training on the requirements of the 

Bribery Act and anti-money laundering 
policies are in place for all relevant 
colleagues and policies are 
communicated to all suppliers.
•  Whistleblowing procedure and 

independently administered helpline 
which enables colleagues to raise 
concerns in confidence.

•  The composition of the Executive team 
is regularly reviewed by the Board to 
ensure that it is appropriate to deliver 
the growth plans of the business.
•  Succession plans and appraisals are  

in place across the Group.

•  Shared values describe and embed  

our culture.

•  The Group’s Remuneration Policy 

detailed in this report is designed to 
ensure that high-calibre executives are 
attracted and retained. Lock-in of senior 
management is supported by awards 
under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

The Company also has various FCA 
permissions to carry on a range of 
regulated insurance and consumer credit 
activities from which it derives income. 
There is a risk that increased regulation or 
restrictions on the sales process or nature 
of these products would restrict the 
income available to the Company.

People and Culture
The success of the business could be 
impacted if it fails to attract, retain and 
motivate high-calibre colleagues.

Maintaining and evolving the culture of 
our business (embodied in our shared 
values) is essential to delivering our 
strategy and ensuring the long-term 
sustainability of our business.

42 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

•  Relaunch of motorpoint.co.uk platform 
achieved with minimal disruption to 
offer a fully digital part exchange and 
finance offering enabling customers to 
complete their purchase process 
entirely online.
Implemented more effective ways of 
working to improve quality and pace. 
•  We have invested in new skill sets to 

• 

ensure scoping is accurate. 

•  Continued to implement a plan to 

protect personal and sensitive data, 
following the appoint of our Chief 
Technology Officer who is also an 
experienced Data Protection Officer.

•  Health and safety has been integral to 

our response to the COVID-19 crisis and 
we developed and implemented safe 
physical measures and processes at 
our branches and offices.

•  Continued to conduct horizon scanning 

processes to identify changes in 
regulatory expectations. These include 
any changes that may be required as a 
result of the FCA supervisory review and 
enforcement process such as the 
introduction of Thematic Review TR19/2 
released in April 2019, specifically 
focused on consumer insurance 
products which has been carefully 
considered by the business.

•  The safety and wellbeing of our 

colleagues was central to our response 
to the COVID-19 crisis.

•  Plan to increase our focus on diversity 
and inclusion, starting by appointing a 
Head of Recruitment and Inclusion to 
develop and implement our ambitious 
diversity and inclusion plans.
Increased Group Board focus on Board 
and Executive team succession and 
talent management.

• 

•  Mental health first aiders – all line 

managers are now trained. Trained 
mental health first aiders are available 
on all our branches.

•  Successful colleague engagement 

methods used in the COVID-19 crisis will 
be the model for future communication.

Risk and impact

Mitigating controls

Progress made in FY21

Health, Safety and Welfare
The risk that accidents, hazards or 
incidents are caused by unsafe practices 
at work, resulting in injury or death to 
customers, employees or third parties.

• 

•  Health and safety training for all new 
starters, with additional role-specific 
training for employees in branches.
Implemented incident management 
processing to ensure major incidents 
are dealt with appropriately and 
problems are logged and actively 
progressed to resolution. 

•  Undertake risk and control assessments 

to monitor compliance. 

•  Continually monitor our mandatory 
regulatory training to ensure that all 
colleagues are kept informed. 

•  Ensure that incident reporting including 
lessons learnt exercises take place to 
meet health and safety obligations.

• 

Incidents are reported online, via a 
reporting tool. Line management deal 
with minor incidents. Major incidents are 
escalated to the Senior Leadership Team 
who are supported by PIB Risk 
Management (‘PIB'). 

•  Risk assessment is managed in the 

following ways: 
• 

line management on the branches 
have a number of online risk 
assessment checklists to verify the 
relevant controls are in place; and 
•  higher level risk assessments are 

carried out on workshop activities by 
PIB including Hand Arm Vibration and 
Control of Substances Hazardous to 
Health. The Group Compliance 
Manager also carries out higher level 
risk assessments covering branch 
transport safety, gates and barriers as 
well as fire risk assessment.

•  Six monthly insurance inspections of the 
Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment 
Regulations and periodic inspection and 
maintenance under Provision and Use of 
Work Equipment Regulations. 

•  Majority of technical and health and 

safety training is delivered online. The 
Training Pathways were overhauled and 
revised at the end of 2020 to enable a 
smoother delivery whilst reducing the 
number of failed modules arising as a 
result of the bulk delivery method no 
longer in place. Completion is monitored 
by Regional Operations Support 
Managers. 
Incident reporting included within 
monthly Board submissions and also 
discussed within monthly Operations 
Manager Health and Safety Governance 
including deep dive into causations, 
issues arising/lessons learnt and best fit 
solutions. 

• 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 43

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsNON–FINANCIAL INFORMATION STATEMENT

In accordance with section 414CB of the Companies Act 2006, the sections cross-referred to in the table below are incorporated into this 
non-financial information statement.

Environmental matters
Stakeholder engagement: community 
and environment
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
Energy efficiency actions 
Going green 

page 23

page 24

page 24

page 24

Social matters
Investing in our communities
Supporting great causes
Anti-corruption and anti-bribery matters

page 26

page 32

page 32

Related principal risk: Brand and Reputation; Economic 
Vulnerability; regulatory and compliance 

 see pages 39 and 41.

As part of this year’s SECR, we have established an Environment 
Social and Governance Committee. In addition our talent team are 
working on business projects focused on improving the 
sustainability of the business and our impact on the environment. 

Company’s employees
At a glance
Our operating model begins with our team 
Our Core values
Our Stakeholders 
Winning Culture
Supporting employee wellbeing

page 2

page 9

page 11

page 22

page 30

page 30

The Company has various employee-centric policies and guidance 
including: Staff Handbook; HR Policies including equal 
opportunities; anti-bullying and harassment; whistle-blowing; 
enhanced maternity leave; paternity leave; health, safety and 
welfare; data protection; and privacy. 

Related principal risk: People and Culture; IT Systems, Data, and 
Cyber Security  

 see page 42.

Respect for human rights
Real living wage
Modern slavery
Treating customers fairly

Related principal risk: 

 see page 42

page 30

page 32

page 32

Anti-corruption and anti-bribery matters
Whistle-blowing hotline, anti-corruption  
and anti-bribery

page 32

Related principal risk: Regulatory and Compliance 

 page 42. 

Investment case

Non-financial KPIs 

page 6

page 19

44 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Governance

46 

48 

49 

52 

55 

58 

60 

66 

72 

76 

Board of Directors

Introduction to governance

Corporate governance report

Audit Committee report

Nomination Committee report 

Remuneration Committee report

Remuneration policy

Annual report on remuneration

Directors’ report

Statement of directors’ responsibilities

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 45

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsBOARD OF DIRECTORS

Delivering excellence

The PLC Board has seen a further strengthening in its 
membership since we last reported.

Mark Carpenter
Chief Executive Officer

Chris Morgan
Chief Financial Officer

Mark Morris
Non-Executive Chairman

Appointment

April 2016

Appointment

January 2021

Appointment

April 2016

Committee memberships

Committee memberships

Committee memberships

Member of the Nomination Committee

None

Chair of the Nomination Committee

Background and career

Background and career

Background and career

Mark was appointed as Chief Executive 
Officer in May 2013 following two years as 
CFO, and has 18 years’ experience in motor 
retail. Mark was previously finance director 
of Sytner Group Limited from 2005 to 
2010. Prior to this, Mark was with Andersen, 
where he qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant.

External roles

None.

Chris was appointed Chief Financial Officer 
in January 2021. Chris was formerly Group 
Finance Director at Speedy Hire Plc. Prior to 
this Chris held senior finance leadership 
positions at Go Outdoors and Tesco, where 
he was latterly the Finance Director for the 
Czech Republic and Slovakia. Chris is a 
Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales.

External roles

None.

Mark has been Chairman of Motorpoint 
Limited since January 2013 and prior to 
that chairman/consultant since December 
2010. He has over 20 years’ experience in 
car retail having been finance director and 
then managing director of Sytner Group 
Plc. Prior to his role at Sytner Group, Mark 
was in audit, business advisory and 
corporate finance with PwC where he 
qualified as a Chartered Accountant.

External roles

None.

46 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Mary McNamara
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director and Chair 
of the Remuneration Committee

Adele Cooper
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Keith Mansfield
Independent Non-Executive 
Director and Chair of the  
Audit Committee

Appointment

May 2016 (appointed as Senior 
Independent Director in October 2016)

Committee memberships

Chair of Remuneration, member of the 
Audit and Nomination committees

Background and career

Mary was CEO of the commercial division 
and board director of the Banking Division 
at Close Brothers Group Plc. She spent 17 
years with GE in a number of leadership 
roles, including CEO of the European Fleet 
Services business. Mary has also spent 
time with Skandia and 14 years at Harrods.

External roles

Chair of the remuneration committee and 
member of the nomination and 
governance committee of OSB Group plc.

Appointment

March 2020

Appointment

May 2020

Committee memberships

Committee memberships

Member of the Audit, Remuneration and 
Nomination committees

Background and career

Adele has extensive marketing and senior 
leadership experience, having worked at 
some of the world’s leading technology 
companies, most recently at Pinterest from 
June 2015 to December 2019. While at 
Pinterest, Adele was responsible for the UK 
and Ireland, overseeing strategic, 
commercial and operational management. 
Prior to this, Adele has been with Facebook 
and Google in a lead global relationship 
role and a variety of regional and global 
lead roles in marketing and operational.

External roles

Adele is a non-executive director of 
Conjura Ireland Limited.

Chair of the Audit Committee, member of 
the Remuneration and Nomination 
committees

Background and career

Keith was appointed to the Board of 
Motorpoint Group plc as Independent 
Non-Executive Director in May 2020. A 
Chartered Accountant by background, 
Keith brings extensive accountancy 
experience, having worked at PwC for over 
30 years, during which time he served as 
chairman of PwC in London responsible for 
assurance, tax and advisory services. As a 
partner for 22 years, he has led services to 
public and private companies across a 
range of industry sectors. 

External roles

Keith is the senior independent director of 
Tritax Eurobox plc, where he chairs the 
audit committee and is a member of the 
management engagement committee and 
nomination committee. Keith is also the 
senior independent director and chair of 
the audit committee of Digital 9 
Infrastructure plc, and chair of Albemarle 
Fairoaks Airport Limited.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 47

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsINTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE

Chairman’s introduction

As a Board, we are conscious that we are 
accountable to all our shareholders and 
must have regard to other stakeholders 
such as employees, customers, suppliers 
and the environment. We maintain an active 
dialogue with shareholders throughout the 
year and listen to views of representatives 
of investors and financial institutions. We 
also welcome the opportunity to answer 
shareholders’ questions at our 2021 Annual 
General Meeting (‘AGM').

The Company as a whole had to quickly 
adapt to new ways of working since 
mid-March 2020 with Board meetings 
scheduled more frequently and held partly 
or entirely online. Where meetings were 
conducted in a hybrid format, physical 
attendance was in accordance with UK 
Government guidelines. 

Monitoring culture and 
colleague engagement

The Board has a wide range of experience, 
skills and diversity among its members that 
proved invaluable during the COVID-19 
pandemic. The Board has supported the 
management team in seeking to raise 
standards in diversity and inclusion. The 
Group set up an Inclusion Committee 
chaired by the Chief People Officer this 
year. The primary purpose of the Inclusion 
Committee is to educate and celebrate 
individuality to drive inclusivity. We have 
appointed a new Head of Recruitment, 
Diversity and Inclusion to provide dedicated 
resource and expertise in developing and 
implementing our equality, diversity, and 
inclusion plans. 

We are continuing to help create an agile 
and inclusive working environment that 
helps our people work in a way that’s best 
for them and enables collaboration and 
teamwork in delivering our strategy. More 
details of our response to the COVID-19 
pandemic, culture, our employee welfare 
measures in place and wider social 
engagement can be found in the People 
section on page 30 of this report.

Board changes

There has been an important strengthening 
of the Board over the past year or so. In 
March 2020 we were joined on the Board 
by Adele Cooper, and in May 2020 Keith 
Mansfield was appointed, both brought 
considerable experience and knowledge to 
bear over the last year as Non-Executive 
Directors. 

In January 2021 we were joined by Chris 
Morgan when he took on the role of Chief 
Financial Officer following the resignation 
of James Gilmour in August 2020. 

Biographies for each of the current 
Directors are set out on pages 46 and 47. 
The progress in talent development and 
diversity can be found on pages 30 and 31.

Compliance statements 

Throughout the year ended 31 March 2021, 
the Company has complied with the 
provisions as set out in the 2018 Corporate 
Governance Code (the ‘2018 Code’) (a copy 
of which is available on the Financial 
Reporting Council’s website at www.frc.org.
uk) in all respects except that I was not 
deemed to be independent upon 
appointment as Chairman (Provision 9) – an 
explanation of the Board’s view on this 
matter is set out under the section headed 
‘Board independence and appointment 
terms’ on page 50 of the Corporate 
Governance report. 

Our effectiveness 

Every year we perform an internal review of 
the effectiveness of the Board. The findings 
show that the work we do as a Board and in 
our committees continues to be effective. 
Our review also confirmed that our focus in 
the coming year should continue to be on 
strategy, succession and development and 
we will commence a search for an 
additional Non-Executive Director during 
2021. When recruiting, diversity will be a 
significant consideration and focus in the 
recruitment process.

Board priorities 

Our priorities for next year are very much 
focused around building rapid but 
sustainable growth in the Group and 
delivering on our strategic plan with a 
strong governance underpin.

Mark Morris
Chairman
16 June 2021

“ Proper corporate governance 
is important in underpinning 
our long-term success”

Mark Morris
Chairman

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to 
report on Motorpoint’s Corporate 
Governance during the past financial year. 
The aim of this report is to explain 
Motorpoint’s governance framework and 
outline how it was applied on a practical 
basis in the year under review – a year that 
has been hugely challenging due to the 
COVID-19 pandemic and one that has 
required great adaptability, resourcefulness 
and governance strength-in-depth. 

The Board’s role in setting the Group’s 
culture and core values is a significant one. 
Mark Carpenter and I speak frequently with 
each other, and all the Board members 
have given their time to supporting the 
management team, in various capacities, 
across a very difficult year. FY21 has shown 
that this best enables a culture across the 
Group of agile decision making and speed 
of reaction to events, whilst maintaining the 
innovative drive that has been the hallmark 
of Motorpoint’s success to date. I am very 
proud of the work which has been carried 
out throughout FY21 on employee 
wellbeing and the top-down engagement 
with staff, which will ultimately lead to a 
better, more open working environment.

48 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Board leadership and purpose

Chief Financial Officer’s role

Matters reserved for the Board 

The role of the Board

The Board sets the Company’s strategic 
aims and ensures that the necessary 
resources are in place to allow the 
Company’s objectives to be met, in a way 
that enables sustainable long-term growth. 
It is also responsible for corporate 
governance and the overall financial 
performance of the Group. The Board 
establishes the Company’s culture, values 
and ethics and it is important that the 
correct ‘tone from the top’ is set, with all 
Directors being required to devote 
sufficient time to their role. 

Board meetings are chaired by Mark Morris 
who promotes a culture of openness and 
debate, including inviting the Executive 
Directors and the Non-Executive Directors 
to debate and challenge Motorpoint’s 
strategic matters. 

The current Board composition is the 
Chairman, three independent Non-
Executive Directors and two Executive 
Directors.

Roles and responsibilities

The Chairman’s role

The Chairman’s primary role is the 
leadership of the Board. He ensures that the 
Directors receive accurate, timely and clear 
information and is responsible for 
cultivating a boardroom culture of honesty 
and openness which encourages debate, 
challenge where appropriate, and enables 
the Non-Executive Directors to make an 
effective contribution. The Chairman sets 
the Board’s agenda and ensures sufficient 
time is allocated for the discussion of all 
agenda items. The Chairman also consults 
with the Non-Executive Directors, in 
particular the Senior Independent Director, 
on matters of corporate governance and 
ensures all Directors are made aware of any 
major shareholders’ issues and concerns. 

The Board is satisfied that the Chairman 
fulfils his responsibilities of enabling the 
Board to make sound decisions.

Chief Executive Officer’s role

The Chief Executive Officer (‘CEO') is 
responsible for the day-to-day running of 
the Group’s business and includes the 
development and implementation of 
strategy and of decisions made by the 
Board as well as the operational 
management of the Group.

The Chief Financial Officer (‘CFO') is 
responsible for the Group’s financial 
activities, including control, planning and 
reporting, and also contributes to the 
broader management of the Group’s 
business. The CFO supports the CEO with 
the development, implementation and 
tracking of the Group’s strategy. Chris 
Morgan also assumed the role of Company 
Secretary on an interim basis with effect 
from 27 February 2021.

The Executive Directors (being the CEO and 
the CFO) attend Committee meetings by 
invitation of the Committee Chair where 
appropriate.

Senior Independent Director’s role

The Senior Independent Director acts as a 
sounding board to the Chairman and 
serves as an intermediary for the other 
Directors when necessary. The Senior 
Independent Director is available to 
shareholders to assist with addressing 
concerns that may arise and meets with the 
other Non-Executive Directors (excluding 
the Chairman) at least once a year to review 
the performance of the Chairman.

In order to retain control of key decisions 
and ensure that there is a clear division of 
responsibility between the Board and the 
day-to-day running of the business, the 
Board has a formal schedule of matters 
reserved for its decision. These reserved 
matters include financial reporting, 
investment appraisal and risk management. 
The matters were reviewed by the Board 
during 2020 to ensure they were aligned 
with the 2018 Code. The full schedule of 
matters reserved is available on our website 
www.motorpointplc.com. 

Board focus during the year

The Board holds a number of scheduled 
meetings each year, including a strategy 
day which is usually held off site. Almost all 
meetings in this financial year, scheduled or 
otherwise, were held via video conference.

Key areas of focus during the year were: 

Strategy

•  Detailed debate on the strategy, in 

particular the digital transformation of 
the business 

• 

Investor relations and communications

Independent Non-Executive Directors

•  Strategic growth opportunities such as 

the opening of new branches

•  Considered the potential impact of the 

COVID-19 pandemic on the safety of our 
people and on the Group’s operations 
and financial performance and reviewed 
management’s plans for mitigating its 
impact on the Group’s operations and 
customers

Financial

•  Approved the full-year results 

announcement and the Annual Report 
for the 2020 financial year

•  Cancelled the payment of the final 

dividend in 2020

•  Budget for FY22

•  Half-year results, full-year results and 

trading updates 

•  Review of Group cash position  

and forecasting 

•  Monthly performance reporting  

and review

The Non-Executive Directors bring 
independence, along with a broad mix of 
business skills, knowledge and experience 
to the Board. They provide an external 
perspective to Board discussions and are 
responsible for the scrutiny of the executive 
management on behalf of shareholders. 
The Non-Executive Directors constructively 
challenge Board discussions and help 
develop proposals on strategy. 

Non-Executive Directors monitor the 
reporting of performance and ensure that 
the Company is operating within the 
governance and risk framework approved 
by the Board.

The Company Secretary’s role

The Company Secretary ensures that 
effective communication flows between 
the Board and its Committees and between 
senior management and the Non-Executive 
Directors. The Company Secretary is 
responsible for ensuring that the Board 
operates in accordance with the 
Company’s corporate governance 
framework. 

The appointment and removal of the 
Company Secretary is a matter for the 
whole Board.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 49

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsCORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

The Chair, Mark Morris, and the CEO, Mark 
Carpenter, own approximately 9.6% and 
9.8% respectively of the shares of the 
Company. Both Mark Morris and Mark 
Carpenter continue to be considered by 
their fellow Directors to be independent in 
character and judgement in performing 
their respective duties. The Board is fully 
confident that, in the very unlikely event of a 
conflict emerging between those duties 
and their interests as shareholders, they 
would absent themselves from the Board 
discussions in question (and the Board 
would ensure that they did so). In that 
event, the Senior Independent Director 
would ordinarily assume the role of chair of 
the relevant meeting.

The terms and conditions of appointment 
of the Non-Executive Directors are 
contained within their Letters of 
Appointment. The terms of appointment for 
the Directors confirm they are expected to 
devote such time as necessary for the 
proper performance of their duties. The 
Board reviews and approves as necessary 
any additional external appointments the 
Directors may look to obtain. 

The CEO and CFO do not currently have a 
non-executive directorship on any other 
listed company board. 

Board meetings 

The Board met regularly to discharge its 
duties effectively and held additional 
conference calls between the scheduled 
meetings as and when circumstances 
required. Where a Director was unable to 
attend a meeting, they were provided with 
the meeting papers to review and so they 
could provide any comments to the 
Chairman, Committee Chair or Company 
Secretary prior to the meeting. Directors are 
provided with meeting papers 
approximately one week in advance of 
each Board or Committee meeting. 
Members of the Senior Leadership Team 
are regularly invited to attend Board 
meetings to present on their specific area 
of responsibility. 

Board and Committee attendance FY21

The Board has regular scheduled meetings throughout the year. Directors’ attendance 
at Board and Committee meetings during the year is outlined below:

Director

Mark Morris

Mark Carpenter

Mary McNamara

Adele Cooper

Keith Mansfield1

Gordon Hurst2

James Gilmour3

Chris Morgan4

Board (13)

Audit  
Committee (4)

Nomination
 Committee (1)

Remuneration 
Committee (5)

13

13

13

13

10

3

4

2

–

–

4

4

3

1

–

–

1

1

1

1

1

–

–

–

–

–

5

5

3

2

–

–

Keith Mansfield was appointed with effect from 20 May 2020.

1 
2  Gordon Hurst resigned with effect from 20 May 2020.
3 
James Gilmour resigned with effect from 24 August 2020.
4  Chris Morgan was appointed with effect from 11 January 2021.

Internal control and risk management

•  Performed the annual review of the 
effectiveness of internal control, risk 
identification and mitigation

•  Approved the Viability Statement as 
disclosed in the Annual Report 2021 

•  Approved the adoption of a going 

concern basis of accounting in preparing 
the half and full year results 

•  Considered the Group Cyber Security 

Programme and Health and Safety report

People, talent and culture

•  Appointment of a new Non-Executive 

Director and CFO

•  Succession planning and talent 
development for all senior roles

•  Reviewed the results of engagement 

survey

•  Considered general employee wellness 

in light of the pandemic

•  Ensured safe and comfortable working 

environments

Governance, compliance and ethics

•  Approved AGM business such as the 

Notice of Meeting and related ancillaries

•  Reviewed the internal Board evaluation 
process and discussion of the external 
Board and Committee evaluations to be 
held during the course of 2021

•  Reviewed the Directors’ Conflicts of 

Interest procedures

•  Approved the Modern Slavery Act 

statement, available on the Company’s 
website www.motorpointplc.com

Board independence and 
appointment terms

The Board has reviewed the independence 
of each Non-Executive Director (excluding 
the Chairman) and considers each of them 
to be independent of management and 
free from business or other relationships 
that could interfere with the exercise of 
independent judgement. The Company 
meets the requirement under Provision 11 of 
the 2018 Code that at least half of the 
Board, excluding the Chair, are Non-
Executive Directors whom the Board 
considers to be independent. The Board 
believes that any shares in the Company 
held personally by a member of the Board 
serves to align their interests with those of 
the shareholders.

50 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

 
Composition of the Board

INED/Executive split*

Male/Female split

■
■

INED 
Executive 

3
2

(*excluding the Chairman)

■
■

Male 
Female 

4
2

Annual General Meeting

The 2021 AGM will be held on 27 July 2021. 
Based on current guidelines issued by the 
UK Government it will be possible to hold 
this year’s AGM in person, with shareholders 
present. However, given the constantly 
evolving nature of the situation in relation to 
the COVID-19 pandemic, shareholders are 
strongly encouraged to appoint the Chair 
of the meeting as their proxy and submit 
their voting instructions electronically in 
advance of the Meeting. 

The Notice convening the 2021 AGM will be 
circulated to shareholders separately, along 
with details on how shareholders can still 
raise questions to the Board in advance and 
follow the proceedings of the AGM 
remotely. We will ensure that shareholders 
are kept informed using the Notice of 
Meeting, our website, and relevant 
regulatory announcements in due course.

Conflicts of interest 

The Company’s Articles of Association, in 
line with the Companies Act 2006, allow 
the Board to authorise any potential 
conflicts of interest that may arise and 
impose limits or conditions as appropriate. 

The Board has a formal process for the 
Directors to disclose any conflicts of interest 
and any decision of the Board to authorise a 
conflict of interest is only effective if it is 
agreed without the conflicted Director(s) 
voting or without their votes being counted. 
In making such a decision, the Directors 
must act in a way they consider in good 
faith will be most likely to promote the 
success of the Group.

Independent advice 

The Directors may take independent 
professional advice, if necessary, at the 
Company’s expense. 

Board training and development 

Directors are continually updated on the 
Group’s business, the markets in which we 
operate and changes to the competitive 
and regulatory environments through 
presentations and briefings to the Board 
from Executive Directors and the Senior 
Leadership Team. 

Directors received briefings from the 
Company Secretary during the year on 
governance and compliance matters and 
relevant legislative changes. 

Relations with shareholders

All shareholders have access to the 
Chairman and the Senior Non-Executive 
Independent Director, who are available to 
discuss any questions which shareholders 
may have in relation to the running of the 
Company. 

The Board recognises the need to ensure 
that all Directors are fully aware of the views 
of major shareholders. Copies of all 
analysts’ research relating to the Company 
are circulated to Directors upon publication. 
The Company receives a monthly Investor 
Relations report which includes an analysis 
of the Company’s shareholder register.

Mark Morris
Chairman
16 June 2021

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 51

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsAUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

Audit Committee 
Chair’s Statement

“ The Company’s risk 

management processes were 
critical in ensuring Motorpoint 
could respond with pace and 
robustly to the uncertainty 
caused by COVID-19.”

Keith Mansfield
Audit Committee Chair

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to present the report of the 
Audit Committee (the ‘Committee’) for FY21. 
The principal purpose of this report is to 
look back over the financial period ending 
31 March 2021 and describe the 
Committee’s responsibilities and activities 
during that period.

The Committee fulfils an important 
oversight role, monitoring the effectiveness 
of the Group’s system of internal control 
and risk management framework, and 
reviewing the integrity of the Group’s 
financial reporting. The principal role of the 
Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling 
its oversight responsibilities in relation to 
financial reporting and financial controls. 

Since I was appointed as Chair of the 
Committee last year, I have been able to 
broaden and deepen my understanding of 
the business and each of its functions, 
enabling the Committee to move forward 
into 2021 with a clear vision – namely, to 
ensure the soundness and effectiveness of 
the Group’s systems and controls, which 
has been even more important amid a 
global pandemic. 

The impact of COVID-19 was a significant 
issue and a risk to the Group during the 
period, and this still continues to be the 
case. The Company’s risk management 
processes became increasingly critical early 
in 2020 with the emergence of COVID-19 
and the many risks this posed to the 
continuity of our business operations, 
including the closure of our branches, a 
reduction in sales and most importantly the 
risk to the safety of our staff and customers.

I would like to thank my colleagues on the 
Committee for their contribution during this 
challenging year and extend my thanks to 
our colleagues within the business who 
have worked tirelessly during a time of 
extreme uncertainty.

Committee composition and 
membership 

The Committee currently comprises three 
independent Non-Executive Directors.

During the year the following members 
served on the Committee:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Keith Mansfield (Chair, appointed with 
effect from 20 May 2020)

 Adele Cooper

 Gordon Hurst (resigned on 20 May 2020)

 Mary McNamara 

The Committee met four times during the 
year and attendance is set out in the table 
on page 50.

The Board believes that the members of the 
Committee as a whole have competence 
relevant to the sector in which the Group 
operates, gained from their respective 
external roles, previous and present. 
Biographical details of Committee 
members are set out on pages 46 and 47.

In particular, the Board has identified Keith 
Mansfield as the member of the Committee 
having recent and relevant financial 
experience for the purposes of the 2018 
Code. Keith has a wealth of accounting 
experience from his previous roles, having 
worked at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
(‘PwC’) for 30 years. 

At the invitation of the Chair of the 
Committee, the Chairman, CEO and CFO 
attended all meetings during the year in 
order to maintain effective and open 
communications. 

The external auditors, PwC, attend 
meetings of the Committee and have direct 
access to the Committee should they wish 
to raise any concerns outside of the formal 
Committee meetings.

Keith Mansfield
Audit Committee Chair
16 June 2021

52 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Role of the Committee

Activities 

The role and responsibilities of the 
Committee are set out in its terms of 
reference which are available on the 
Company’s website www.motorpointplc.
com. The key objectives of the Committee 
are to review and report to the Board and 
shareholders on the Group’s financial 
reporting, internal control and risk 
management systems, and on the 
independence and effectiveness of the 
external auditor. 

Further details on the responsibilities of the 
Committee are as follows: 

•  Monitor the financial reporting process 
including the review of the integrity of 
the financial statements of the Company, 
including its annual and half-year 
financial results. Other formal 
announcements relating to financial 
performance or financial information 
contained in certain other documents is 
reviewed by the Board and therefore not 
specifically discussed by the Committee; 

•  Review and assess the Annual Report in 

order to determine whether it can advise 
the Board that, taken as a whole, the 
Annual Report is fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provides 
shareholders with the information  
they need to assess the Company’s 
position, performance, business  
model and strategy;

•  Monitor the statutory audit of the annual, 
and the consolidated financial statements;

•  Review significant financial  

reporting issues;

•  Recommend to the Board the 

reappointment of the external auditor 
and approve their remuneration and 
terms of engagement; and

•  Monitor and review the external auditor’s 
independence and objectivity and the 
effectiveness of the external audit 
process, including considering relevant 
UK professional and regulatory 
requirements and the appropriateness  
of the provision by the auditors of 
non-audit services.

The terms of reference authorise the 
Committee to obtain independent legal or 
other professional advice at the Company’s 
expense. 

The Committee reviewed the following 
items since the last report:

•  Annual Report and Accounts to 31 March 

2021 and half year results to 
30 September 2020;

•  Chair met and had discussions with PwC 

as part of the audit process;

•  External audit plan and review of 

effectiveness; 

•  Non-audit services policy (‘NAS') and 

reached a general presumption that the 
PwC is not best placed to offer NAS so as 
to safeguard their independence; 

•  The Group’s prospects (going concern 

and viability); 

•  Tax and treasury policy;

•  Corporate risk assessment including 

review of the key risks, risk management 
activities and emerging risks; and

•  Findings from the external auditor on the 

FY21 year end audit. 

Financial reporting

The primary role of the Committee in 
relation to financial reporting is to review 
with both management and the external 
auditor, and report to the Board the 
appropriateness of the annual financial 
statements, considering amongst other 
matters: 

•  Clarity of the disclosures and compliance 
with financial reporting standards and 
relevant financial and governance 
reporting requirements; 

•  Areas in which significant judgements 

have been applied, including discussions 
with appropriate challenge on such 
matters undertaken with the external 
auditors; and 

•  Whether the Annual Report, taken  
as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Company’s performance, 
business model and strategy. The 
statement incorporating the conclusion 
of this assessment is included on page 
76.

In addition to the above, the Committee 
supports the Board in completing its 
assessment on the adoption of the going 
concern basis of preparing the financial 
statements. Furthermore, as part of the 
Committee’s responsibility to provide 
advice to the Board on the long-term 
viability statement, the Committee 
performed a robust review of the process 
and underlying assessment of the Group’s 
longer-term prospects made by 
management.

Significant matters considered by the 
Committee in relation to the financial 
statements 

In the preparation and final approval of the 
financial statements, the Committee 
discussed with management the key 
sources of estimation and critical 
accounting judgements. The Committee 
considered the following significant issues 
in relation to the FY21 financial statements: 

•  Going concern: the impact of the 
Coronavirus pandemic has placed 
unusually high stresses on the Group’s 
short-term cash flow and profitability. As 
a result, management have considered 
forecasts covering a 12 month period 
from the date of signing, producing a 
stressed budget including a reduction of 
volumes and reduced margins. In the 
most extreme models considered, the 
Group would need to consider 
negotiation regarding its current banking 
covenants. Given the perceived remote 
likelihood of these extreme cases, the 
Committee is satisfied that no material 
uncertainty exists and the Group 
continues to be considered a going 
concern.

• 

Impairments: IAS 36 requires an annual 
review of impairment indicators. Whilst 
the anticipated long-term impact of 
COVID-19 is limited, the severity of the 
pandemic falls within the definition of an 
impairment trigger under IAS 36. 
Management has completed a detailed 
impairment review using expected future 
cash flows to illustrate the value in use of 
assets at a cash-generating unit level. 
This assessment indicates that the 
recoverable amount of the Group’s assets 
are higher than their carrying value.

•  Valuation of lease liabilities and right-of-
use assets: IFRS 16 requires significant 
estimation, particularly around the 
incremental rate of borrowing, and 
judgements around lease terms. The 
incremental rates have been based on 
what the Group estimates it would have 
to pay a third party to borrow the funds 
necessary to obtain an asset of a similar 
value to the right-of-use asset, with similar 
terms, security and economic 
environment. The Committee is satisfied 
that the rates used are reasonable and 
appropriate for the leases held.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 53

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsAUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

• 

Inventory provisions: Given the closure of 
the Group’s retail branches during FY21 
and reduction in sales volumes due to the 
Coronavirus pandemic, there is some 
continued uncertainty around the future 
sale value of inventory at the year end. A 
provision is included based on historical 
and forecast sales and potential net 
realisable value. The Committee is 
comfortable based on performance 
subsequent to the year end that the level 
of inventory provision is appropriate.

Annual Report

The Committee has undertaken a review 
and assessment of the Annual Report in 
order to determine whether it can advise 
the Board that, taken as a whole, the Annual 
Report is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides shareholders with the 
information they need to assess the 
Company’s position, performance, business 
model and strategy. 

In doing this the Committee considered the 
following: 

•  the description of the business is 

consistent with the Committee’s own 
understanding;

•  that there is a clear and well articulated 
link between all areas of disclosure 
including going concern and viability; and 

•  the findings from the external auditor as 

part of the FY21 year end audit.

All relevant issues relating to the Annual 
Report were fully discussed at the 
Committee meeting in June 2021.

The Committee has concluded that the 
Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and that it 
can advise the Board as required by the 
2018 Code and other relevant rules and 
regulations. 

Going concern and viability statement 

The Company is required to include 
statements in its Annual Report relating to 
going concern and viability. The Committee 
reviewed and discussed a report from 
management and concluded that the 
financial statements can be prepared on a 
going concern basis and that there is a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will 
be able to continue in operation and meet 
its liabilities as they fall due over the next 
three years. 

The Directors assessed the prospects of the 
Group over a three-year period, which 
reflects the budget and planning cycle 
adopted by the Group.  
The assessment of the Group’s prospects, 
together with the Group’s going concern 
and Viability Statement, are set out on 
pages 38 and 75 of the Corporate 
Governance report.

Internal audit

The Committee continued to review the 
requirement for an Internal Audit function 
during the year, and following discussion 
with the new CFO, now believes that it is the 
right and proper time to build this function. 
The process to recruit a designated Internal 
Audit resource has commenced. 

External auditor

Independence

There are a number of robust policies in 
place, all of which aim to safeguard the 
independence of the external auditor. In 
accordance with best practice, the external 
audit contract will be put out to tender every 
ten years, with the next retender due no 
later than the year ending 31 March 2027. 

In accordance with the Auditing Practices 
Board standards, the lead audit partner at 
PwC will be rotated every five years to 
ensure continuing independence. Mark 
Skedgel, the current audit partner, assumed 
this responsibility for the year ended 
31 March 2020.

There are no contractual obligations  
that restrict the Company’s choice of 
external auditor. 

External auditor effectiveness 

The Committee conducts an annual 
external audit effectiveness review each 
year which examines the auditor’s 
independence, the audit planning process, 
audit approach and delivery, audit team 
expertise and experience, resources, 
responsiveness and communication in 
respect of the financial year audit. In order 
to discharge this responsibility the 
Committee followed the process  
outlined below.

•  The terms, areas of responsibility, duties 

and scope of work of the external auditor 
as set out in the engagement letter are 
reviewed at the Committee meetings;

•  The Committee discusses and agrees at 

the planning stage the draft list of specific 
risks to audit effectiveness and quality 
(specific audit quality risks);

•  The Committee assesses audit planning 

work in respect of specific audit  
quality risks;

•  All Committee members, key members of 
management, and those who regularly 
provide input into the Committee provide 
feedback on how well PwC performed 
the year-end audit; and

•  The feedback and conclusions are 

discussed, along with the conclusion 
regarding specific audit risks, with an 
overall conclusion on audit effectiveness 
reached. Any opportunities for 
improvement are brought to the attention 
of the external auditor.

The Committee concluded that PwC 
provided an effective, independent and 
objective audit and that the Committee was 
therefore satisfied that it had obtained the 
highest quality audit possible. The 
Committee agreed to recommend to the 
Board the re-appointment of PwC as the 
Group’s external auditor and a resolution to 
this effect will be proposed at the 2021 AGM.

Non-audit services

To further safeguard the independence and 
objectivity of the external auditor, non-audit 
services provided by the external auditor are 
considered, and where appropriate 
authorised, by the Committee in 
accordance with a non-audit services policy. 
This policy limits the amount and type of 
services undertaken by our auditor. 
Permitted services are subject to a cap of 
70% of the average of the fees paid for the 
statutory audits over a three-year period. 

There were no non-audit fees for the year 
ended 31 March 2021.

Keith Mansfield
Audit Committee Chair
16 June 2021

54 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

Nomination Committee 
Chair’s Statement

The Committee regularly reviews the 
diversity of the Board, its committees and 
senior management, as part of the Board 
evaluation process. Issues of diversity and 
inclusion are considered by the Board 
directly due to their significance and 
importance within the business. I believe 
the Company will be more successful if it 
creates an inclusive and supportive culture 
where every individual, of any identity, from 
any background, feels they can be their 
authentic self at work. Further details on 
diversity within the business can be found 
within the Strategic Report on page 31.

The Committee carried out an internally 
facilitated review of its effectiveness and 
the output was discussed by the 
Committee. This concluded that the 
Committee continued to operate effectively 
and confirmed that the focus for the 
coming year would continue to be to recruit 
additional skills to the Board to support the 
refocused strategy, develop Board 
succession planning, as well as succession 
planning for the other members of the 
executive management team and talent 
management in the wider organisation. The 
Committee will also oversee any new 
diversity and inclusion initiatives for FY22.

All Directors are subject to election or 
re-election to the Board by shareholders on 
an annual basis at the Company’s AGM. 
Non-Executive Directors are appointed for a 
term of three years, subject to annual 
re-election at the AGM. 

The Chairman, on behalf of the Board, has 
confirmed each Director continues to be  
an effective member of the Board and will 
stand for election or re-election at the  
2021 AGM.

Committee Governance 

Committee membership and attendance

During the year the Committee comprised:

Mark Morris (Chair)

Adele Cooper 

Gordon Hurst (resigned on 20 May 2020)

Keith Mansfield (appointed on 20 May 2020)

Mark Carpenter

Mary McNamara

The Committee met once during the year 
and attendance is set out in the table on 
page 50.

Committee responsibilities

The Committee is responsible for: 

•  Board composition: The Committee 

considers the balance of skills, diversity, 
knowledge and experience of the Board 
and its committees and reviews the 
Board’s structure, size and composition, 
including the time commitment required 
from Non-Executive Directors; 

•  Board nominations: The Committee leads 

on the recruitment and appointment 
process for Directors and makes 
recommendations regarding any 
adjustments to the composition of  
the Board; 

•  Succession planning: The Committee 

proposes recommendations to the Board 
for the continuation in service of each 
Director and ensures that the Board is 
well prepared for changes to its 
composition and that appropriate 
succession plans are in place. 

The Committee has formal terms  
of reference which are available  
on the Company’s website 
www.motorpointplc.com. 

“ Ensuring an appropriate mix of 
skills and diversity to support 
the business in its growth.”

Mark Morris
Nomination Committee Chair

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to present the report of the 
Nomination Committee (the ‘Committee’) 
for FY21. The Committee keeps under 
regular review the structure and 
composition of the Board and its 
committees and ensures that the Board has 
the appropriate balance of skills, expertise 
and experience to support the Company 
and ensure the appropriate corporate 
governance standards and practices are  
in place. 

In FY21, the Committee has continued to 
focus on ensuring that the Board is 
composed of members with the 
appropriate balance of skills, expertise and 
experience to support the Company and 
ensure the appropriate corporate 
governance standards and practices are in 
place. This included the search for and 
recommendation of our new Chief Financial 
Officer, Chris Morgan, and Audit Committee 
Chair, Keith Mansfield.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 55

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsNOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

Activities of the Committee

During the year the main activities of the 
Committee were as follows:

•  Oversaw the appointment of the  
Chief Financial Officer and a new 
Non-Executive Director (the process 
followed is described below);

•  Discussed the diversity and inclusion of 
the Board’s composition and operation;

•  Continued to focus on strengthening the 
Senior Leadership Team, especially in the 
area of E-commerce;

•  Focused on adding to the Board skill set 

by recruitment of a further Non-Executive 
Director with strong E-commerce skills.

CFO recruitment process

The Committee, led by the Chairman, 
oversaw the search and appointment of a 
new Chief Financial Officer to replace 
James Gilmour who resigned in August 
2020. The process, which was agreed in 
advance by the Committee, was thorough 
and inclusive. An internal and extensive 
external search by two recruitment 
specialists was followed by an interview 
process which gave the Chairman and 
each of the Non-Executive Directors the 
opportunity to meet short-listed candidates. 
Despite inevitable disruption to physical 
meetings during the process, there was 
good communication with the Committee 
throughout the process and the Chairman 
received support from the Senior 
Independent Director and the Group Chief 
People Officer as well as the Company 
Secretary. 

The Committee engaged Macildowie 
Recruitment and Retention executive 
search firm (who had no relevant 
connections with individual Directors or 
with the Company) following a selection 
process based on objective criteria. Each 
individual Committee member met with the 
Chair to discuss their views and objective 
criteria, taking into account the current 
skills, experience, independence, and 
balance on the Board, noting the benefits  
of diversity.

Following the interviews, the Committee 
met to discuss feedback on each candidate 
and was unanimous in its final selection and 
recommendation to the Board that Chris 
Morgan be appointed as Chief Financial 
Officer with effect from 11 January 2021.

Non-Executive Director and Audit 
Committee Chair recruitment process

In light of Gordon Hurst’s resignation from 
the Board which took effect in May 2020, a 
recruitment process was undertaken for his 
successor. The Committee agreed a 
description of the role and of the 
capabilities required, following an 
evaluation of the balance of skills, 
experience, independence and knowledge 
required. Appropriate candidates were then 
sought based on merit, against the 
objective criteria set out, paying particular 
attention to the merits of diversity on the 
Board. 

Drax Executive were appointed to oversee 
the process and suitable candidates were 
considered in detail and interviewed by 
members of the Committee. Following this 
process, Keith Mansfield was appointed to 
the Board on 20 May 2020 as a Non-
Executive Director, and chair of the Audit 
Committee. 

Composition of the Board as at  
31 March 2021

INED/Executive split*

Chair

INED

Executive

Male/female split

Male

Female

1

3

2

4

2

Diversity and inclusion 

The Board recognises the importance of 
diversity and inclusion in the boardroom 
and seeks to recruit directors with varied 
backgrounds, skills and experience. 
Appointments are made on merit and 
against objective criteria, taking account of 
the skills, experience and expertise of 
candidates. 

At the year-end there were two female 
members of the Board, representing 33% of 
the Board, which meets the 33% target for 
FTSE 350 boards set by the Hampton-
Alexander review. The Board aims to retain 
or improve this level in the future and look 
to improve on other areas of diversity too. 

The Board composition and size is kept 
under review by the Committee in order to 
retain an appropriate balance of skills, 
experience, diversity and knowledge of the 
Group. The Board also recognises the 
importance of diversity and inclusion at 
senior management level. The Group’s 
Senior Leadership Team, who are direct 
reports to the CEO, is made up of seven 
members including the CEO and CFO. 
There are 40 direct reports to the Senior 
Leadership Team for the purposes of 
Hampton-Alexander Reporting. Information 
on initiatives on diversity and inclusion can 
be found in the People section of the 
Strategic Report on page 31.

Performance evaluation 

The Board undertakes a formal evaluation 
of its performance, and that of each 
Director, on an annual basis. The principal 
committees of the Board undertake an 
annual evaluation of their effectiveness, in 
accordance with their terms of reference. In 
2020, an internally facilitated evaluation of 
the Board and its committees, which took 
the form of a questionnaire, was circulated 
to the relevant Board members as well as to 
the Senior Leadership Team. The 
questionnaire sought input on a range of 
matters including composition and diversity 
of the Board, Senior Leadership succession, 
review of strategic plans and the adequacy 
of the information in Board papers.

The Executive members of the Board have 
frequent contact with all Executives and in 
normal circumstances make regular visits to 
Group branches. All new Non-Executive 
members of the Board will carry out 
Company visits as part of their induction 
and routinely thereafter. The Board 
members also engage with our current and 
future business leaders working within the 
Group. This regular interaction between the 
Board and the business provides a vital 
channel of communication and a forum for 
open dialogue, which encourages the 
sharing of knowledge and experience.

56 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

2020 Board effectiveness review

The results of the internal review were circulated to members of the Board and its recommendations were discussed and adopted at the 
March 2021 Board meeting. A number of actions were identified as set out in the below table. The Committee agreed these would be 
included with the new actions to be undertaken following the 2021 Board evaluation, which it is intended will be externally facilitated.

Issue/Recommendation

Action

Board composition, succession and evaluation 
planning.

The Board, through this Committee will continue to focus on the composition of the Board 
and associated succession plans. It intends to commence a search for an additional 
Non-Executive Director during 2021. When recruiting, diversity will be a significant 
consideration and focus in the recruitment process.

The recruitment of a Non-Executive Director with strong E-commerce experience in order to 
ensure that the Board has the adequate breadth of skill for its long-term strategy is under 
consideration. 

Senior Leadership Team succession planning

The Committee will review management succession and development plans and the talent 
management of the wider organisation, including the recruitment of a Head of E-commerce.

Reviewing strategic decisions

Quality of Board papers

The strategy proposed by management was debated at the April 2021 Strategy Day. Given 
the rapid pace of transformation within the business, the Board will spend time conducting a 
debrief after the implementation of strategic decisions and consider lessons learnt.

The incoming CFO and Company Secretary to review the information provided in operational 
reports to ensure that the quality of Board papers addresses the appropriate topics.

Externally facilitated Board evaluation

External Board evaluation to be sought during 2021.

The Board is satisfied that each Director 
continues to contribute effectively to the 
Board and the Board’s committees.

Board evaluation 

The 2018 Code states that FTSE 350 
companies should have an externally 
facilitated evaluation at least every three 
years. Whilst the Company is not, as at the 
date of this report, in the FTSE 350, it 
recognises the value of conducting an 
externally facilitated evaluation and as such 
committed to carrying out an externally 
facilitated review in 2021. However, due to a 
re-organisation of the Group Company 
Secretarial function, an external Board 
evaluation was not conducted. It was 
agreed that an externally facilitated process 
be deferred until later in 2021, in order to 
allow the new Chief Financial Officer and 
new Non-Executive Directors the ability to 
fully embed into the Company.

Election or re-election of Directors 

Priorities for the year ahead

In compliance with the 2018 Code, all of the 
current Directors will stand for re-election at 
the forthcoming AGM. In addition, Chris 
Morgan will stand for first election at the 
AGM. Following the annual evaluation of the 
Board and its committees, and the 
recruitment process for Chris Morgan, the 
Board has determined that all Directors 
standing for election or re-election at the 
AGM continue to be effective, hold recent 
and relevant experience and continue to 
demonstrate commitment to the role. 

Biographical details of each Director 
standing for election or re-election will be 
set out in the Notice of AGM.

For FY22, the Committee will:

•  review the Directors’ tenure and review 
the re-appointment of the Chair and 
Non-Executive Directors whose service 
agreements expire in the next year or 
two;

•  commence the recruitment of a 

Non-Executive Director with strong 
E-commerce experience;

•  take a long-term view on Board 

composition, diversity and succession 
planning, taking into consideration the 
result of the Board evaluation and skills 
assessment and changes to the 
Company’s overall strategy, values and 
mission;

•  continue oversight of the succession 
planning at Executive and Senior 
Leadership Team level.

Mark Morris
Nomination Committee Chair
16 June 2021

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 57

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsREMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT

Remuneration Committee 
Chair’s Statement
Our Remuneration Policy supports the achievement of our strategic 
objectives by aligning reward with our long-term sustainable performance. 

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to present the Company’s 
Directors’ Remuneration Report for the 
financial year ended 31 March 2021.

This report is split into three sections: this 
Annual Statement; the Remuneration Policy 
(the ‘Policy’); and the Annual Report on 
Remuneration.

Actions taken in response to COVID-19

The Remuneration Committee (the 
‘Committee’) and the Executive Directors 
reacted swiftly during the first lockdown in 
April 2020 to conserve cash and ensure 
that the remuneration of executives was in 
line with the broader stakeholder 
experience, through the following actions:

•  The Committee postponed the 

contemplated significant base salary 
increases for the CEO and the former 
CFO

The Board took the following 
voluntary actions from 1 April 2020:

•  Temporarily reduced the Executive 
Directors’ salary and Non-Executive 
Director fees. There was a 50% reduction 
in the salary of the former CFO until 
1 June 2020 and the CEO received salary 
equivalent to the National Minimum 
Wage until 1 June 2020 

•  Salary reductions for all other members 

of the senior leadership team

•  A waiver of any entitlement to the FY21 
annual bonus by the Executive Directors

Board changes

James Gilmour, Chief Financial Officer since 
April 2016, tendered his resignation in 
August 2020 to pursue other business 
interests. In accordance with the terms of 

his service agreement and the Policy, 
Mr Gilmour received salary and benefits 
until the end of his employment. He was 
not eligible to receive a bonus for FY21 and 
all of his unvested incentive awards lapsed 
on cessation of employment.

We were delighted that Chris Morgan joined 
the business as Chief Financial Officer on 
11 January 2021. His base salary is £255,000, 
pension is 3% of salary (in line with the rate 
for our employees generally) and he will 
participate in the annual bonus scheme and 
Restricted Shares in line with the Policy. The 
base salary has been set at a higher level 
than that of his predecessor, which was 
acknowledged as having been significantly 
lower than competitive market rates and, in 
a consultation with shareholders in early 
2020 the CFO salary rate had originally 
been proposed to increase to this level. 
Additionally, the pension contribution is 
lower, at 3% of salary, compared to the 10% 
pension contribution for James Gilmour.

Remuneration Policy

During 2019, the Committee undertook a 
comprehensive review of the Policy to ensure 
that it reflected recommended market 
practice and continued to both motivate and 
retain our people. Following consultation with 
our major shareholders, a new Remuneration 
Policy was tabled at the 2020 AGM for 
shareholder approval and received the 
support of 93.1% of the votes cast. The most 
significant change in the new Policy was the 
introduction of a new incentive plan, based 
on ‘Restricted Shares’ to replace Performance 
Shares. This will result in reduced quantum 
and share awards will vest over a longer 
period with recipients able to take a 
longer-term view on performance and 
strategy. The 2020 Annual Report sets out a 
detailed explanation of the reasons for 
changing our approach in relation to our 
policy for long-term incentive pay.

“ The remuneration outcomes 

for 2021 strike the right balance 
between rewarding our 
employees for their exceptional 
efforts this year and being 
equitable in the broader 
context. Our Remuneration 
Policy supports the 
achievement of our strategic 
objectives by aligning reward 
with our long-term sustainable 
performance.”

Mary McNamara
Remuneration Committee Chair

58 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Implementation of the policy for FY21

Base salary

FY21 was the first year of the operation of 
the new policy and its intended operation 
was revised significantly in light of the 
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the 
business. As noted above, proposed salary 
increases were delayed and then salaries 
were reduced.

The annual bonus was based on Adjusted 
PBT, retail volume growth customer 
satisfaction (NPS and Google ratings) and 
employee engagement (measured through 
participation in the Best Companies to 
Work For survey). The Executive Directors 
volunteered to forego their annual bonus 
for FY21 in light of the wider stakeholder 
experience and the fact that Government 
support was taken through the Coronavirus 
Job Retention Scheme.

We made our first award of Restricted 
Shares in August after the new policy was 
approved at the 2020 AGM.

An award under the Performance Share 
Plan (‘PSP') was granted in July 2018. Vesting 
of the award was contingent on challenging 
EPS growth targets measured over the 
three financial years to 31 March 2021. 
Threshold vesting of the shares required at 
least 10% EPS growth per annum with full 
vesting achieved for 18% EPS growth per 
annum. EPS Compound Annual Growth 
Rate (‘CAGR') over the performance period 
was a decline of 21%, which was below the 
threshold target and therefore the awards 
will lapse in full in July 2021.

With the reduction to pay during the year, 
including the voluntary waiver of the annual 
bonus, the Committee is comfortable that 
the Policy has operated as intended and 
that remuneration is appropriate. The 
Committee also confirms that no 
amendments were made to performance 
targets for FY21 incentives, and no 
discretion was exercised in respect of 
incentive outcomes for the year.

As part of the policy review in early 2020, 
the Committee considered the total 
remuneration packages for the Executive 
Directors and senior management, noting 
that the salaries had been set consciously 
below market levels at Admission in 2016, 
which was considered appropriate at the 
time. Whilst there had been an investor 
consultation in 2019 leading to modest 
salary increases, the Committee was aware 
that both Executive Directors’ salaries were 
still significantly behind what would be 
considered market appropriate rates for 
their roles and respective responsibilities as 
high performing leaders of a FTSE Small 
Cap company and a successful motor 
retailer. On this basis, and as part of the 
broader policy review in 2020, the 
Committee determined that the salaries for 
the CEO and CFO should increase from 
£274,125 and £215,000 to £350,000 and 
£250,000 respectively, with effect from 
1 April 2020, so as to be closer to mid-
market levels. These increases were 
supported by those investors consulted. 

Subsequently, with the closure of our 
showrooms under the first national 
lockdown the Committee determined that 
the salary increases should be postponed 
(and indeed salaries were instead reduced 
significantly). Later in 2020 our CFO, James 
Gilmour, resigned and Chris Morgan, our 
new CFO, was appointed on a salary of 
£255,000 (with a significantly lower pension 
contribution), so this issue only remained 
relevant for the CEO.

Now, one year on and with the Company 
trading profitably and the outlook positive, 
the Committee consulted with investors 
again and, having received support, has 
determined that the increase to the CEO’s 
salary, as originally proposed, should be 
implemented from 1 April 2021.  

The table below provides a summary of total remuneration for the Executive Directors for FY21.

Salary 
(£’000)

Benefits 
(£’000)

Pension 
(£’000)

Bonus 
(£’000)

PSP 
(£’000)

Mark Carpenter
James Gilmour
Chris Morgan

231
72
58

2
1
1

27
9
2

-
-
-

-
-
-

Total 
(£’000)

260
82
61

We see this latest change as a second, and 
final, stage of a review which will result in 
appropriate pay packages for our Executive 
Directors for the next three years and any 
further salary increases for the CEO or CFO 
over the remainder of the policy period will 
be in line with the average workforce 
increase, barring genuinely exceptional 
circumstances. 

Application of the Policy for FY22

In terms of incentives for FY22, the annual 
bonus opportunity will remain at 100% of 
salary and will be based on Adjusted PBT, 
market share growth, customer satisfaction 
and employee engagement metrics.

Restricted Share awards will be made at 
75% of salary level for both Executive 
Directors.

As there are no proposed changes to the 
Policy as approved by shareholders at the 
2020 AGM, there will be no vote to approve 
the Policy at the 2021 AGM. There will, 
however, be the usual advisory resolution to 
approve the Annual Statement and the 
Annual Report on Remuneration, which 
focus on the remuneration outcomes for 
the year under review and how the 
Committee intends to implement the Policy 
next year. 

The Committee is kept aware of the latest 
developments in the executive pay arena, 
particularly those recommended by 
institutional shareholders and we monitor 
these closely. We believe that Motorpoint’s 
approach to remuneration is appropriate 
and represents a fair balance between 
shareholder and management interests. 

On behalf of all of my colleagues on the 
Committee, I hope that you will support the 
resolution approving the Annual Report on 
Remuneration at this year’s AGM.

Mary McNamara
Remuneration Committee Chair
16 June 2021

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 59

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsREMUNERATION POLICY

Consideration of pay conditions within the wider team

When making decisions on executive remuneration, the Committee takes into account pay conditions for the Company as a whole, 
although it has not, to date, consulted directly with employees on this subject. The Committee will review its approach to engaging with 
employees on remuneration matters and in particular to explain how the pay for senior executives aligns to the pay practices for the 
workforce generally. 

The Group has a strong ‘team culture’ and accordingly there is consistency in how packages are structured across the whole Senior 
Leadership Team, with all Executive Directors and senior managers participating in the same annual incentive plan. 

However, there are some differences in the structure of the remuneration policy for the Executive Directors compared with other senior 
managers, which the Committee believes are necessary to reflect the different levels of responsibility. The two main differences are the 
increased emphasis on performance related pay for Executive Directors (through a higher variable pay opportunity) and a greater focus on 
long term alignment (through additional holding periods for the long term incentive awards and minimum shareholding guidelines). 

In relation to share-based incentives, senior managers participate in a Restricted Shares plan, with shares awarded linked to performance 
and service, which must be held for the long term.

The Board did not engage with the workforce to explain the alignment between executive pay and that of the workforce generally but 
intends to do so during the year, now that it is looking more likely that there will be a more normal operating environment.

Shareholder views

The Committee values the views of the Company’s shareholders and takes into account guidance from shareholder representative bodies. 

Shareholder feedback received in relation to the AGM, as well as any additional feedback received during the year, will be considered as part 
of the Company’s annual review. Before any significant changes to the Policy are proposed, the Chair of the Committee will discuss these 
changes with the Company’s major shareholders to ensure that the Policy remains supportive of their interests. The Committee consulted 
extensively in relation to the remuneration policy approved in 2020 and changes were made to incorporate shareholders’ feedback and 
again in relation to the salary increase for the CEO.

Directors’ remuneration policy 

This section of the report details the Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors. The Policy was approved at the 2020 AGM on 24 August 
2020 and is effective for up to three years from this date. A copy of the Policy can be found within the 2020 Annual Report and Accounts at 
www.motorpointplc.com.

Compliance statement 

This report has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-
sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 (Regulations). It also meets the requirements of the 
UK Listing Authority’s Listing Rules and the Disclosure and Transparency Rules. The sections of the Remuneration Report that are subject to 
audit are marked as Audited Information. The remaining sections of the Remuneration Report are not subject to audit. 

A breakdown of all elements of the Executive Remuneration Policy and an explanation of how they operate can be found in the table below:

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Performance Measurement

Maximum Opportunity

Base Salary

To aid the recruitment of 
Executive Directors of a 
suitable calibre for the role 
and to provide a core level 
of reward to reflect the 
duties required.

Base salaries will normally be reviewed 
annually by the Committee with any 
increases typically taking effect from  
1 April each year.

Base salary levels are set at a 
level to reflect the experience, 
skills and responsibilities of the 
individual as well as the scope 
and scale of their role. 

Increases to base salary will 
reflect the performance of the 
individual and Company and 
external indicators such as 
inflation.

While there is no maximum salary, 
increases will normally be in line with 
the typical level of increase awarded 
to other employees of the Group. 

Base salaries for the Executive 
Directors were aligned to 
competitive market levels during 
FY21.

For details of the current base salary 
levels for the Executive Directors see 
page 66.

60 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Performance Measurement

Maximum Opportunity

Benefits

To provide a market-
competitive benefits 
package for the executives 
to aid recruitment and 
retention.

Pension

To provide market-
competitive pension 
arrangements for the 
executives and to aid 
recruitment and retention.

Annual Bonus

To encourage improved 
financial and operational 
performance and align the 
interests of Directors with 
the short term Company 
strategy.

The benefits offered to Executive 
Directors comprise family medical 
insurance and company car. 

The Committee may offer an equivalent 
cash allowance instead if it feels it is more 
suitable.

Other reasonable benefits may be offered 
as appropriate (including, in exceptional 
circumstances, relocation and/or 
disturbance allowances). 

Executive Directors may also be 
reimbursed for any reasonable expenses 
incurred in performing their duties, and 
any income tax payable thereon.

Executive Directors are eligible for a 
contribution to the Group personal 
pension plan, or any other nominated 
personal pension fund.

Where appropriate, Executive Directors 
may instead receive a cash allowance in 
lieu of formal pension contributions, or a 
combination of both.

Not applicable.

There is no maximum limit on the 
value of the benefits provided but the 
Committee monitors the total cost of 
the benefit provision on a regular 
basis.

Not applicable.

10% of base salary for the CEO. At the 
end of this policy period the pension 
contribution for all Executive Directors 
will reduce to the same percentage 
that applies to the majority of the 
workforce.

For new appointments, pension 
contribution will be aligned to the 
contribution available to the majority 
of the workforce. Accordingly, the 
pension for the newly appointed CFO 
is 3% of salary.

Executive Directors are eligible for 
bonuses, payable in cash, on an annual 
basis. Bonus payments are subject to the 
achievement of annual performance 
targets.

Performance will normally be 
based on a mix of financial and 
operational measures aligned to 
the strategic objectives of the 
business. 

100% of salary.

Annual bonuses are payable at the sole 
discretion of the Committee. The 
Committee has discretion to adjust the 
formula-driven outturn of the annual 
bonus calculation.

All bonus payments are subject to 
appropriate recovery and withholding 
arrangements.

Financial performance will 
usually be represented by 
Adjusted PBT targets, although 
the Committee reserves the 
right to include other measures 
in support of the Company 
strategy as it sees fit. 

Stretching performance targets 
will be determined taking into 
account internal and external 
forecasts, and will be set out on 
a retrospective basis in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration, 
unless considered to still be 
commercially sensitive.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 61

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsREMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Performance Measurement

Maximum Opportunity

Long term incentives – Restricted Shares

To encourage improved 
financial and operational 
performance and align the 
interests of Directors with 
the long-term Company 
strategy and the interests 
of shareholders through 
share ownership.

All employee share plans

To align the interests of 
Directors and other 
employees with those of 
the shareholders through 
share ownership.

Shareholding guidelines

Restricted Shares will be granted to 
Executive Directors and selected  
Senior Managers.

Awards will normally be granted following 
the publication of the Company’s annual 
results each year.

Restricted Shares may normally vest no 
sooner than 50%, 25%, and 25% over 
three, four and five years from grant, 
subject to service, and subject to an 
underpinning financial performance 
condition. 

Awards are additionally subject to a post 
vesting holding period during which time 
vested shares may not be sold (other than 
for tax) before five years from grant. 

This holding period will continue post 
cessation of employment (to the extent 
that awards do not lapse). 

The Committee may determine that 
dividend equivalents will accrue over the 
vesting/holding period.

Vesting of awards is at the sole discretion 
of the Committee and the Committee 
may reduce the level of the award after 
grant and at vesting, if it considers that it 
is appropriate to do so. 

Restricted Shares are subject to recovery 
and withholding arrangements.

The Company has adopted employee 
share plans in which the Executive 
Directors are eligible to participate on the 
same terms as all other employees.

Normally 75% of salary.

However, an individual maximum of 
100% of salary may apply in 
exceptional circumstances.

In order for Restricted Shares to 
vest, the Remuneration 
Committee must be satisfied 
that business performance is 
robust and sustainable and that 
management has strengthened 
the business. In assessing this 
performance condition, the 
Committee will consider 
financial and non-financial KPIs 
of the business as well as 
delivery against strategic 
priorities. To the extent it is not 
satisfied with this performance 
condition is met, the Committee 
may scale back the level of 
vested awards including to zero. 
This performance assessment 
will take place at the end of the 
third year.

Not applicable.

In line with statutory limits.

To align the interests of 
Directors with those of the 
shareholders through share 
ownership.

All Executive Directors are required to 
build and maintain a shareholding 
equivalent in value to 200% of their 
annual base salary. 

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Until this guideline is met, Directors must 
retain half of any Restricted Shares that 
vest (after payment of tax and national 
insurance contributions). 

Post cessation of employment, Executives 
will be required to retain the lower of the 
shareholding requirement (200% of 
salary) or the actual shares they hold on 
cessation of employment for a period of 
two years. Any future purchases of shares 
by the Executives will be excluded from 
this requirement. The Committee has 
discretion to amend the requirement in 
certain circumstances as it considers 
appropriate.

62 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Choice of performance measures

The Committee retains flexibility as to the choice of performance measures for future annual bonus and PSP award cycles. Measures will be 
selected as appropriate to reflect the business strategy and to ensure the delivery of sound financial performance. The current performance 
measures are disclosed in the Annual Report on Remuneration, together with the link to the business strategy.

Incentive plan operation

The Committee will operate the Company’s incentive plans according to their respective rules and consistent with normal market practice, 
the Listing Rules and HMRC rules where relevant, including flexibility in a number of regards. 

This includes timing of awards, dealing with leavers and making adjustments to awards following acquisitions, disposals, changes in share 
capital and other merger and acquisition activity. The Committee also retains the ability to adjust the targets and/or set different measures 
for the annual bonus plan and outstanding PSP awards if events occur which cause it to determine that the conditions are no longer 
appropriate and the amendment is required so that the conditions achieve their original purpose and are not materially less difficult to 
satisfy. The Committee may adjust the formula-driven outturn of the annual bonus calculation in the event it considers that the outturn does 
not reflect underlying performance, overall shareholder experience or employee reward outcome.

Recovery and withholding provisions may be operated at the discretion of the Committee in respect of awards granted under the annual 
bonus plan arrangements, outstanding PSP awards and Restricted Shares in certain circumstances (including where there is a material 
misstatement or restatement of audited accounts, an error in assessing any applicable performance condition or bonus outcome, or in the 
event of gross misconduct on the part of the participant, corporate failure, failure of risk management or reputational damage).

Any use of the above discretions would, where relevant, be explained in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Remuneration Policy for Non-Executive Directors

The table below sets out how pay is structured for the Non-Executive Directors.

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Performance Measurement

Maximum Opportunity

Not applicable.

Current fee levels are set out in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration. 

Aggregate fee levels are subject to 
the maximum limit set out in the 
Articles of Association.

Fees

To ensure a fair award for 
services provided to the 
Company.

NEDs receive a fixed base fee for their 
role on the Board, plus supplementary 
fees for additional responsibilities such 
as performing the role of SID, or chairing 
one of the Board Committees. 

The Non-Executive Chairman receives a 
fixed fee only, and is not eligible for any 
additional responsibility fees.

Fee levels are reviewed on an annual 
basis, and may be increased taking into 
account factors such as the time 
commitment of the role and market 
levels in companies of comparable size 
and complexity and other broadly 
comparable companies.

Each NED will be entitled to be 
reimbursed for all reasonable expenses 
incurred by them in the course of his 
duties to the Company and has the 
benefit of indemnity insurance 
maintained by the Group on their behalf 
indemnifying them against liabilities he/
she may potentially incur to third parties 
as a result of his/her office as Director.

Where there has been a material 
increase in time commitment in the year 
fees may be temporarily increased to 
reflect this.

Share ownership guidelines

To align the interests of 
Directors with those of 
shareholders through 
share ownership.

All NEDs are encouraged to build and 
maintain a shareholding equivalent in 
value to 100% of their annual fees.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 63

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsREMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

Reward scenarios

The bar charts below details how the composition of the Executive Directors’ remuneration package varies at different levels of 
performance. 

•  Threshold includes fixed pay only (i.e. base salary, benefits and pension).

•  On-target includes fixed pay, 60% of maximum bonus, and full vesting of Restricted Shares. 

•  Maximum includes fixed pay, maximum bonus payout, and full vesting of Restricted Shares.

•  Maximum plus the impact of 50% share price appreciation on Restricted Shares. 

Salary levels are effective as at 1 April 2021, and the value for benefits is the cost of providing those benefits in FY21. 

No share price growth has been factored into the chart, except where indicated, and all amounts have been rounded to the nearest £1,000.

Approach to recruitment remuneration

New Executive Director hires (including those promoted internally) will be offered packages in line with the Policy in place at the time, except 
as noted below:

• 

If it is considered appropriate to set the salary for a new Executive Director at a level which is below-market, his or her salary may be 
increased in future periods to achieve the desired market positioning by way of a series of phased above-inflation increases, subject to his 
or her continued development in the role.

•  Any bonus payment for the year of joining will normally be pro-rated to reflect the proportion of the period worked, and the Committee 

may set different performance measures and targets, depending on the timing and nature of the appointment.

•  The Committee recognises that it may be necessary in some circumstances to provide compensation for amounts forfeited from a 

previous employer (‘buy out awards’). Any buy out awards would be limited to the value of remuneration forfeited when leaving the former 
employer and would be structured so as to be, to the extent possible, no more generous in terms of the key terms (eg time to vesting and 
performance targets) than the incentive it is replacing. Where possible any such payments would be facilitated through the Company’s 
existing incentive plans, but, if not, the awards may be granted outside of these plans, as permitted under the Listing Rules, which allow 
for the grant of awards to facilitate the recruitment of an Executive Director.

• 

In the case of an internal appointment, any variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role will be allowed to pay out according 
to its original terms or adjusted as considered appropriate to reflect the new role.

External directorships

Executive Directors are permitted to take on external non-executive directorships at other listed companies, though normally only one other 
appointment, to bring a further external perspective to the Group and help in the development of key individuals’ experience. In order to 
avoid any conflicts of interest, all appointments are subject to the approval of the Nomination Committee. Executive Directors are permitted 
to retain the fees arising from any appointments undertaken.

64 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

£0,000£200,000£400,000£600,000£800,000£1,000,000£1,200,000£1,400,000Threshold100%100%44%37%33%25%36%32%31%27%35%45%24%31%39%35%26%34%31%35%£387,000TargetChief Executive OfficerChief Financial Officer£860,000Maximum£1,000,000Maximumwith 50%share priceappreciation£1,131,000Threshold£264,000Target£608,000Maximum£710,000Maximumwith 50%share priceappreciation£806,000Fixed PayAnnual BonusRestricted SharesService contracts and payments for loss of office

The terms of Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointments are set out below. All Executive Directors’ service agreements and 
Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office.

Director

Executive Directors
Mark Carpenter
Chris Morgan

Non-Executive Directors
Mary McNamara
Mark Morris
Adele Cooper
Keith Mansfield

Date of contract / letter

Date of expiry

Notice period by Company or Director

12 May 2016
11 January 2021

14 May 2019
14 May 2019
6 March 2020
20 May 2020

N/A
N/A

14 May 2022
14 May 2022
6 March 2023
20 May 2023

9 months
9 months

3 months
3 months
3 months
3 months

The remuneration-related elements of the current contracts for Executive Directors are as follows.

Provisions

Treatment

Termination 
payment

Mitigation

Annual bonus

The Company may (at its discretion) elect to terminate the employment by making a payment in lieu of notice equivalent 
in value to the base salary which the Executive Director would have received during any unexpired period of notice.

The payment in lieu of notice will be payable in monthly instalments (subject to mitigation, i.e. reduced on a pound for 
pound basis if alternative employment/engagement is taken up during the payment period). 

There is no contractual right to any bonus payment in the event of termination although in certain circumstances the 
Committee may exercise its discretion to pay a bonus for the period of employment and based on performance assessed 
after the end of the financial year.

Share awards

The default treatment, under the PSP plan rules (including in relation to Restricted Shares) is for all unvested awards to 
lapse in full on cessation. 

However, if the participant ceases to be an employee or a Director within the Group because of his/her death, injury, 
disability, retirement, redundancy, their employing company or the business for which they work being sold out of the 
Group or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Committee, then his/her award will normally vest on the original 
scheduled vesting date (except in the case of death, where the default position will be for the award to vest on cessation 
of employment).

The default position in this case is that an award will vest subject to: (i) the extent to which the performance conditions (if 
any) have been satisfied over the full performance period; and (ii) the pro-rating of the award by reference to the period of 
time served in employment during the normal vesting period. However, the Committee can decide to allow early vesting 
and/or reduce or eliminate the pro-rating of an award if it regards it as appropriate to do so in the particular 
circumstances.

Other

Outstanding shares under an all employee share plans will vest in accordance with the terms of the plan and HMRC 
legislation.

The Committee may pay any statutory entitlements or settle or compromise claims in connection with a termination of 
employment, where considered in the best interest of the Company.

Outplacement services and reimbursement of legal costs may also be provided.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 65

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION

This part of the report has been prepared in accordance with Part 4 of The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and 
Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 which amended The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008, and 9.8.6R of the Listing Rules. The Annual Report on Remuneration will be put to an advisory shareholder vote at our  
next AGM.

Committee membership and attendance 

During the year the Committee comprised:

Mary McNamara (Chair)

Adele Cooper 

Gordon Hurst (resigned on 20 May 2020)

Keith Mansfield (appointed on 20 May 2020)

The Chairman and CEO attend meetings by invitation but are not members of the Committee. 

The Committee met five times during the year and attendance is set out in the table on page 50.

Advice to the Committee

The Committee receives information and takes advice from inside and outside the Group. Internal support is provided by the Company 
Secretary. The CEO and any other Director or employee may be invited to attend Committee meetings by the Chair where relevant. No 
individual is present when matters relating to his or her own remuneration are discussed.

Following a formal review by the Committee during 2020, Korn Ferry was appointed as adviser to the Committee. Korn Ferry is a signatory to 
the Remuneration Consultants’ Code of Conduct and has confirmed to the Committee that it adheres in all respects to the terms of the 
Code. Fees paid to Korn Ferry during the year were £36,090, which reflected the applicable hourly rates agreed with Korn Ferry. The 
Committee is satisfied, following a discussion involving all the members of the Committee, that the advice it received is objective and 
independent. Korn Ferry did not provide any other services to the Company during the year. 

Remuneration in FY21

Directors’ single figure of remuneration (audited)

The table below shows the aggregate emoluments earned by the Directors of the Company during FY21 and also sets out the comparative 
information for FY20.

Director

Mark Carpenter

James Gilmour4

Chris Morgan5

Mark Morris

Mary McNamara

Adele Cooper

Keith Mansfield6

Gordon Hurst7

Period

FY21

FY20

FY21

FY20

FY21

FY20

FY21

FY20

FY21

FY20

FY21

FY20

FY21

FY20

FY21

FY20

Salary/fees
(£’000)

Benefits1
(£’000)

Pension
(£’000)

231

274

72

215

58

N/A

92

100

49

53

38

3

40

–

5

48

2

2

1

1

1

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

27

27

9

22

2

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

RSA2
(£’000)

206

–

–

–

–

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Total fixed 
remuneration
(£’000)

466

303

82

238

61

N/A

92

100

49

53

38

3

40

N/A

5

48

Bonus
(£’000)

–

107

–

–

–

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

PSP3
(£’000)

Total variable 
remuneration
(£’000)

Total
(£’000)

–

–

–

–

–

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

–

107

–

–

–

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

466

410

82

238

61

N/A

92

100

49

53

38

3

40

–

5

48

1.  Relates to provision of family private medical insurance
2.  The face value on grant of the RSA awards is shown in the table above as there are no performance conditions other than underpins tested on vesting
3.  None of the Executive Directors had a PSP award which was eligible to vest in the year
4.  Until his resignation on 24 August 2020
5.  From his appointment on 11 January 2021
6.  From his appointment on 20 May 2020
7.  Until his resignation on 20 May 2020

66 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Details of variable pay earned in the year (audited)

Annual bonus

Executive Directors were eligible for a maximum annual bonus payment of 100% of salary, subject to Adjusted PBT, market share growth, 
customer and employment engagement measures.

The table below sets out the performance conditions and targets that were set in relation to FY21. As the Executive Directors waived their 
entitlement to the FY21 annual bonus, performance against targets was not assessed.

Performance measure

Adjusted PBT
Growth in share of 0 – 3 year old car market
Customer – NPS
Employee engagement

1.  Payable on a sliding scale between target levels
2.  Employer Star rating in the 100 Best Companies To Work For survey

Performance required1

Threshold

Stretch

£16.1m

£18.6m

+ve
75
Top 100

+0.5%
80
22

Outstanding share awards, including details of awards granted during the year and awards vesting based on performance to  
31 March 2021 (audited) 

The below table sets out details of the Executive Directors’ outstanding awards under the PSP and other share schemes.

Name

Year of Grant

Scheme

Mark Carpenter

James Gilmour

FY18
FY19
FY20
FY21
FY18
FY19
FY20
FY21

FY18
FY19
FY20
FY18
FY19
FY20

2018 PSP
2019 PSP 
2020 PSP
2021 RSA
2018 SAYE
2019 SAYE 
2020 SAYE
2021 SAYE

2018 PSP
2019 PSP
2020 PSP
2018 SAYE
2019 SAYE 
2020 SAYE

Awards 
granted 
during the 
period

Awards 
exercised 
during the 
period

Awards 
lapsed during 
the period

–
–
–
75,753
–
–
–
1,298

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
2,030
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

180,505
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

129,964
83,403
121,937
2,030
1,904
1,565

At 31 March 
2020

180,505
106,339
155,470
–
2,030
1,904
1,565
– 

129,964
83,403
121,937
2,030
1,904
1,565

At 31 March 
2021

–
106,339
155,470
75,753
–
1,904
1,565
1,298

–
–
–
–
–
–

Vesting date

21 July 2020
20 July 2021
22 July 2022
24 Aug 2023*
1 Feb 2021
1 Feb 2022
1 Feb 2023
1 Feb 2024

21 July 2020
20 July 2021
22 July 2022
24 Aug 2023
1 Feb 2021
1 Feb 2022

Exercise 
price

–
–
–
–
177.30p
189.00p
230.00p
277.20p

–
–
–
177.30p
189.00p
230.00p

James Gilmour resigned on 24 August 2020. All his PSP awards lapsed upon cessation of his employment on 31 March 2021. 

Chris Morgan joined the Board in January 2021 and he has not received any awards in FY21.

* 

The first tranche of the RSA shares vest on their third anniversary of grant, at 50% of the award and then 25% vests on the fourth and fifth anniversaries of grant.

Performance Share Plan (‘PSP') (audited) 
Awards were made under the Company’s PSP to the value of 100% of base salary for 2018, and 125% of base salary for 2019, for each 
Executive Director. Vesting is contingent on continued employment, and satisfaction of EPS growth targets, measured over the three 
financial years from the award.

The awards will ordinarily vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant, subject to achievement of the below performance conditions. 
A two-year post-vesting holding period will apply thereafter, during which time any vested shares (net of any taxes due) may not be sold. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 67

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

1.  PSP 2019

PSP awards were made in July 2018 based on the average of the closing middle-market quotations of the share price during the five dealing 
days before grant, being 239.80 pence. The face value of the award at date of grant was £255,000 for Mark Carpenter. The EPS growth 
targets measured over the three financial years from 1 April 2018 to 31 March 2021 and actual performance achieved over this period is set 
out in the table below:

Threshold
Maximum
Actual EPS growth / (decline)

EPS growth /
(decline) 
(CAGR)

10%
18%
(21%)

Vesting

25%
100%
0%

As actual EPS growth over the period was less than the threshold growth required, the 2019 PSP will lapse in full. The Committee did not 
exercise any discretion in determining the final vesting outcome.

2.  PSP 2020

PSP awards were made in July 2019 based on the average of the closing middle-market quotations of the share price during the five dealing 
days before grant, being 220.4 pence. The face value of the award at date of grant for Mark Carpenter was £342,656. The awards are subject 
to 50% on EPS growth targets and 50% on market share growth of 0 – 2 year old vehicles measured over the three financial years from 
1 April 2019 to 31 March 2022. The targets are as follows:

Threshold
Maximum

Restricted Share Awards (‘RSA') (audited)

EPS growth 
(CAGR)

7.5%
12%

Market share 
growth
(0 – 2 year)

5.0%
10.0%

Vesting

12.5%
50%

Vesting

12.5%
50%

At the 2020 AGM, shareholders approved that PSP awards be replaced by Restricted Shares. The award level for the Executive Directors will 
normally be 75% of salary each year. In order for Restricted Shares to vest, the Committee must be satisfied that the business performance is 
robust and sustainable, and that management has strengthened the business. The Restricted Shares ordinarily vest on the third, fourth and 
fifth anniversaries of the grant (in 50%, 25% and 25% portions respectively). Awards are additionally subject to a post vesting holding period 
during which time vested shares may not be sold (other than for tax) before five years from grant.

3.  RSA 2021 

RSA awards in the form of nil cost options (‘Options’) granted under the rules of the PSP approved on 24 August 2020 were based on the 
average of the closing middle-market quotations of the share price during the five dealing days before grant, being 271.4 pence.

Date of grant

Grant level as  
% of salary

Shares awarded

Share price 
at grant date

Face value of award

Measurement period for  
performance underpin

Mark Carpenter

24 August 2020

75%

75,753

271.4p

£205,593

1 April 2020  

to 31 March 2023

In order for Restricted Shares to vest, the Committee must be satisfied that business performance is robust and sustainable and that 
management has strengthened the business.

Save As You Earn (‘SAYE') (audited)

In December of each year since 2016, Motorpoint has launched a SAYE scheme for all permanent employees. Eligible employees are invited 
to subscribe for options over the Company’s shares at an exercise price representing a 10% discount to the closing mid-market price the day 
before the invitation date. The maximum subscription offered is £3,600 (equivalent to £100 per month over the 36-month saving period).

68 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Table of Directors’ share interests (audited) 

The share interests of each Director as at 31 March 2021 (together with interests held by his or her connected persons) are set out in the 
table below. 

Executive Directors are required by the Policy to hold shares to the value of 200% of salary and must retain 50% of any outstanding PSP 
award vesting or any Restricted Shares vesting (net of any taxes due) until this guideline is met. Additionally, the Non-Executive Directors are 
invited to hold shares to the value of 100% of their annual fee. Shareholdings are set out as a percentage of salary or fees in the table below.

Name

Executive Directors
Mark Carpenter
James Gilmour2
Chris Morgan

Non-Executive Directors
Mark Morris
Mary McNamara
Adele Cooper
Gordon Hurst
Keith Mansfield

Beneficially 
owned shares1

Unvested PSP 
awards

Unvested 
Restricted 
Share awards

Unexercised 
SAYE options

Percentage of 
salary/fees3

Total 

At 31 March 2021

8,879,789 
175,317
–

261,809
–
–

75,753
–
–

8,614,556 
65,500
13,327 
65,000
20,576

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

4,767

–

–
–
–
–
–

9,222,118
175,317
–

9,139%
230%
–

8,614,556 
65,500 
13,327
65,000
20,576

24,293%
352%
94%
386%
122%

1.  Some of these shares may be held through nominees.
2.  Shareholding at date of stepping down. All of James Gilmour’s unvested PSP awards lapsed on cessation of employment.
3.  Calculated as the value of all fully owned shares held at 31 March 2021, valued using three month average share price over the period to 31 March 2021 (282p), 

divided by base salary as effective 31 March 2021.

During the period from 31 March 2021 to the publication of this report, there have been no changes in the Directors’ share interests. Details 
of the PSP 2019, due to lapse in July 2021 can be found on page 68. 

None of the Directors hold any loans against their shares or otherwise use their shares as collateral.

Payments to former Directors and for loss of office (audited)

James Gilmour tendered his resignation in August 2020 and ceased to be a Board Director on 24 August 2020 when he left the Company. 
All of his outstanding incentive awards lapsed on cessation of employment in line with the Policy. A payment for the period from when he 
was placed on garden leave on 24 August 2020 until 31 January 2021 was paid in monthly instalments. These payments comprised of 
£89,000 salary and £9,000 in pension payments. Mr Gilmour also received £2,000 in benefit payments during this period. These payments 
were subject to mitigation such that if alternative employment is taken up during the notice period, these payments would be reduced by 
the same value.

External directorships

None of the Executive Directors currently hold non-executive directorships at any other listed companies. 

Total shareholder return and Chief Executive Officer earnings history

The chart below shows the Company’s Total Shareholder Return performance compared with that of the FTSE SmallCap Index over the 
period from the date of the Company’s admission onto the London Stock Exchange, to 31 March 2021. The FTSE SmallCap Index has been 
chosen as an appropriate comparator as it is the index of which the Company is a constituent. 

)
£
(

O
P

I

t

a

d
e
t
s
e
v
n

i

0
0
1
£

f

o

l

e
u
a
V

200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0

12/05/2016

31/03/2017

31/03/2018

31/03/2019

31/03/2020

31/03/2021

Motorpoint

FTSE SmallCap

The total remuneration figure for the CEO since 9 May 2016 is shown in the table below, along with the value of bonuses paid, and LTIP 
vesting, as a percentage of the maximum opportunity.

Total remuneration (£’000)
Annual bonus (% of maximum)
LTIP vesting (% of maximum)

1.  No long-term incentive awards were eligible to vest over the relevant period. 

FY17

262
0%
N/A1

FY18

443
61%
N/A1

FY19

287
0%
0%

FY20

410
39%
0%

FY21

260
0%
0%

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 69

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Change in remuneration of Directors and employees

The table below compares the difference in remuneration payable to the Directors in FY20 and FY21 to the average employee of the 
Company. For the purpose of this disclosure, these figures have been compiled comparing the average of all employees in the 
corresponding periods separately and are based on annualised figures for each year.

Mark Carpenter (CEO)
Chris Morgan (CFO)1
James Gilmour2
Mark Morris
Adele Cooper3
Gordon Hurst4 
Keith Mansfield5 
Mary McNamara
Average employee

James Gilmour stepped down from the Board in August 2020

1.  Chris Morgan joined the Board in January 2021 
2. 
3.  Adele Cooper joined the Board on March 2020
4.  Gordon Hurst stepped down from the Board on 20 May 2020
5.  Keith Mansfield joined the Board on 20 May 2020 
6. 

Includes performance related commission for employees

CEO to employee pay ratio (The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018) 

The table below discloses the ratio between the CEO’s remuneration and Motorpoint’s wider workforce. 

FY

2021
2020

Method

Option A
Option A

Disclosure of employee data used to calculate the ratio for FY21:

Total pay and benefits of employees
Basic salary of employees

FY20 vs FY21

Base 
salary/fees 
% change

Benefits 
% change

Annual 
bonus
% change6

(15.7)%
N/A
N/A
(8.0)%
N/A
N/A
N/A
(7.5)%
4.5%

0%
N/A
N/A
0%
N/A
N/A
N/A
0%
3.0%

(100)%
N/A
N/A
0%
N/A
N/A
N/A
0%
(4.5)%

25th 
percentile  
pay ratio

12.7:1
20.5:1

Median  
pay ratio

11.3:1
18.0:1

75th 
percentile  
pay ratio

7.1:1
10.25:1

25th 
percentile 
£’000

21
20

Median
£’000 

23
22

75th 
percentile 
£’000

37
33

The table above sets out the CEO pay ratio for each financial year from FY20. The CEO pay is compared to the pay of our UK employees at 
the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile, calculated by reference to 31 March 2021.

In line with last year’s calculation, the ratios have been calculated in accordance with Option A, as this is the most accurate method of calculation.

CEO pay has been calculated using the total single figure. The total pay for the employees comprises full time equivalent salary, benefits, 
pension and annual bonus payments relating to FY21 performance.

At 11.3:1, the median CEO pay ratio has decreased for FY21 compared to FY20, this is primarily due to the voluntary cut to the CEO's salary in 
FY21 and also no bonus paying out this year compared to FY20 where a bonus was paid. In addition there is no LTIP payable for FY21.

The Committee is satisfied the ratios are representative of Motorpoint’s pay and reward policies. 

Relative importance of the spend on pay 

The following table sets out the percentage change in staff costs, dividends paid and share buyback in FY21 compared to the prior year.

Total employee remuneration
Dividends paid
Share buyback

70 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

FY20 (£m)

FY21 (£m)

28.8
7.0
13.1

25.6
–
–

Percentage 
change

(11)%
(100)%
(100)%

Statement of shareholder voting (2020 AGM voting)
The following table shows the voting results at the Company’s 2020 AGM in respect of the resolutions on: (a) the Remuneration Report for 
FY20; and (b) the 2020 Directors’ Remuneration Policy.
Votes cast

% votes against 

% votes for 

Votes withheld

Directors’ Remuneration Report FY20
Directors’ Remuneration Policy FY20

93.1
93.1

6.9
6.9

37,545
37,500

Implementation of the Policy in FY22
A summary of how the remuneration policy will be applied during the forthcoming financial year is set out below.

Base salaries
As explained in the Chairman’s letter, as part of the broader policy review in 2020, the Committee determined that the salaries for the CEO 
and CFO should increase from £274,125 and £215,000 to £350,000 and £250,000 respectively, with effect from 1 April 2020, so as to be 
closer to mid-market levels. These increases were supported by those investors consulted. 

Subsequently, with the closure of our showrooms under the first national lockdown the Committee determined that the salary increases should be 
postponed (and indeed salaries were instead reduced significantly). Later in 2020 our CFO, James Gilmour, resigned and Chris Morgan, our new 
CFO, was appointed on a salary of £255,000 (with a significantly lower pension contribution), so this issue only remained relevant for the CEO.

Now, one year on and with the Company trading profitably and the outlook positive, the Committee consulted with investors again and, 
having received support, has determined that the increase to the CEO’s salary, as originally proposed, should be implemented from 1 April 
2021. Any further salary increases for the CEO or CFO over the remainder of the policy period will be in line with the average workforce 
increase, barring genuinely exceptional circumstances.

The salaries, together with the year on year change, are set out below:

Mark Carpenter
Chris Morgan

1 April 2020

1 April 2021

£274,125
N/A

£350,000
£255,000

Percentage 
change

27.7%
N/A

Benefits and pension
No changes are proposed to the provision of pension and benefits . Executive Directors will continue to receive family private medical 
insurance, and a company car. Pension contributions will be 10% of salary for the CEO and 3% of salary for the CFO. 

Annual bonus
There are no changes to the structure of the annual bonus plan proposed for FY22. Executive Directors will be eligible for an annual bonus 
payment up to a maximum of 100% of salary. Bonuses will be based on Adjusted PBT, market share growth, customer and employee 
engagement measures with each measure awarded independently. The Committee considers the forward-looking targets to be 
commercially sensitive as they relate to the current financial year, but full disclosure of targets and performance against them will be 
provided in next year’s Annual Report.

PBT is a financial KPI for Motorpoint and is directly linked to our key strategic objective of delivering profitable earnings growth by growing in 
our local markets, growing online sales and opening new branches. Our customers and employees are two priority stakeholder groups, and 
ensuring high levels of customer satisfaction and employee engagement is key to ensuring the success of our strategy and our Company.

Long-term incentives
Executive Directors will receive an award of Restricted Shares equal to 75% of base salary. The number of shares to be granted will be determined 
with reference to the average of the closing middle-market quotations of the shares during the five dealing days before the date of grant.

The shares will vest 50%, 25% and 25% at years three, four and five, respectively, subject to the achievement of the underpin. All awards 
would need to be held (other than sales to pay any tax) for a total of five years from grant. In order for Restricted Shares to vest, the 
Committee must be satisfied that business performance is robust and sustainable and that management has strengthened the business. In 
assessing this performance condition, the Committee will consider financial and non-financial KPIs of the business as well as delivery against 
strategic priorities. To the extent it is not satisfied that this performance condition is met, the Committee may scale back the level of vested 
awards, including to zero. This performance assessment will take place at the end of the third year. 

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors’ fees

The fees payable to the NEDs of the Company remain unchanged for FY22 as follows:

Non-Executive Chairman

Other NEDs
Additional responsibility fees:
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
Chair of the Audit Committee
Senior Independent Director

Approval
This report was approved by the Board on 16 June 2021 and is signed on its behalf by:

Mary McNamara
Remuneration Committee Chair
16 June 2021

£100,000

£40,000

£7,500
£7,500
£5,000

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 71

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsDIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors present their report, together with the audited financial statements of Group and the Company, for the year ended  
31 March 2021.

The Directors’ report comprises the Board biographies (on pages 46 and 47), the Corporate Governance report (from page 48 to page 51), 
the Directors’ report (from page 72 to page 75) and the Shareholder information section (on page 119).

The following information is provided in other appropriate sections of the Annual Report and is incorporated by the following references: 
Information

Reported in

Page numbers

Likely future developments and performance of the Company Strategic report
Strategic report
Employee engagement
Strategic report
SECR
Strategic report
Stakeholder engagement
Chairman’s statement 
Corporate Governance statement
Board leadership and purpose 
Directors
Remuneration report – directors’ beneficial interests shareholding 
requirements
Strategic report
Remuneration report
Financial statements

Viability Statement 
Details of Long-Term Incentive Plan
Accounting policies, financial instruments and financial risk 
management 

1
31
24
22 and 23
48
48
69

38
62
88

Articles of Association

Any amendments to the Company’s Articles of Association may only be made by passing a special resolution at a general meeting of the 
shareholders of the Company. 

Directors

The names of Directors who served during or served the end of the year of their period of appointment, are listed on pages 46 and 47, 
together with details of each Director’s skills, experience and current external appointments.

Directors’ indemnity insurance

The Company has qualifying third party indemnity provisions in force for the benefit of its Directors in accordance with Section 234 of the 
Companies Act 2006 and has had Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance cover in place for the year and up to the date of signing this 
report.

Independent auditors 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP acted as auditors throughout the year. In accordance with Section 489 and Section 492 of the Companies Act 
2006, resolutions proposing the reappointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company’s auditors and authorising the Directors to 
determine the auditor’s remuneration will be put to the 2021 AGM.

Political donations

No political donations were made by the Company during the year.

Employees

Motorpoint is an equal opportunities employer and our culture is one that promotes excellence and celebrates success. We are committed 
to eliminating discrimination and encouraging diversity. We take pride in having a workplace which celebrates diversity. Our aim is that our 
people will be truly representative of all sections of society and reflect the diverse customer base that we enjoy.

It is important that each person feels respected and is able to perform to the best of their ability – we do not tolerate any form of 
discrimination and actively promote equal opportunities. Motorpoint proudly employs a number of people with a registered disability and 
gives full and fair consideration to new applications for employment made by disabled persons; this also includes internal promotions 
throughout the business. Our training and development interventions are available to all staff and we ensure reasonable adjustments are 
made for new and existing team members, should they be required, to accommodate their needs and deliver a safe and welcoming work 
environment.

This support applies throughout an employee’s career with us and should an individual find their circumstances change and they become 
disabled during their employment we would ensure total support and inclusion.

72 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Section 172: Stakeholder engagement 

The Board recognises its various legal, fiduciary, statutory and governance obligations and duties in relation to stakeholder engagement, 
including those specified in the Principles and Provisions of the 2018 Code and Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. 

Regarding the duties and responsibilities in respect of employee engagement and the related engagement outcomes, Mary McNamara, the 
Chair of Motorpoint’s Remuneration Committee, is the designated Non-Executive Director with responsibility to engage with (and oversee 
engagement with) employees and involve relevant views and experiences in Board discussion and decision making (the ‘Designated NED for 
Work Force Engagement’). As the Designated NED for Work Force Engagement, Mary engages with (and oversees engagement with) 
employees in ways that are most effective in discerning relevant views and understanding their experiences.

In the discharge of their various legal, statutory and governance obligations and duties, the Directors have endeavoured to act to promote 
the success of the Group for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in doing so have regard for the interests of its various stakeholders. 
Details of the various stakeholder groups and their associated engagement strategies are provided on page 23 of this report. The Board 
ensures, in its discussion of relevant matters, that stakeholder interests are considered in related discussions and decision-making processes 
and inform policies and procedures.

Substantial shareholdings

Information provided to the Company by substantial shareholders pursuant to the DTR is published via a Regulatory Information Service. As 
at 31 May 2021, the Company has been notified of the interests as set out below in its issued share capital. All such share capital has the right 
to vote at general meetings.

Shareholder as at 31 May 2021

Immersion Capital

Aberdeen Standard Investments

Mark Carpenter

Mark Morris

Forager Capital Management

Hunter Capital

Punch Card Capital LP

No. of Ordinary Shares

% of issued shares at notification

17,746,519

10,161,583

8,879,789

8,614,556

4,295,117

3,568,310

2,771,972

19.68

 11.27

9.85

9.55

4.76

3.96

3.07

The shareholdings of Motorpoint Group plc Directors are listed within the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Powers of the Directors

The powers of the Directors are set out in the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s constitution. The Directors were granted authority to 
issue and allot shares at the 2020 AGM. Shareholders will be asked to renew these authorities in line with the latest institutional shareholder 
guidelines at the 2020 AGM. 

Appointment and replacement of Directors 

With regard to the appointment and replacement of Directors, the Company is governed by the Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’), the 
2018 Code, the Companies Act 2006 and related legislation. Directors can be appointed by the Company by ordinary resolution at a general 
meeting or by the Board. If a Director is appointed by the Board, such Director will hold office until the next AGM and shall then be eligible 
subject to Board recommendation, for election at that meeting. 

In accordance with Provision 18 of the 2018 Code, each of the Directors, being eligible, will offer themselves for election or re-election at this 
year’s AGM (subject to any retirements). The Company can remove a Director from office, either by passing a special resolution or by notice 
being given by all the other Directors. 

Chris Morgan was appointed to the Board on 11 January 2021 as an Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer. His appointment and 
continuing membership of the Board are both subject to election at the Company’s 2021 AGM.

Dividends 

No final dividend is recommended by the Board.

Share capital 

As at 31 March 2021, the Company’s issued share capital comprised 90,189,885 Ordinary Shares with a nominal value of £0.01 each. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 73

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsDIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

Ordinary Shares 

The holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company. All Ordinary Shares, other than those held 
from time to time in Treasury, are freely transferable and rank pari passu for voting and dividend rights. The Company is not aware of any 
agreements between holders of shares that result in any restrictions.

Employee Benefit Trust

As at 31 March 2021, the Motorpoint Employee Benefit Trust held 34,841 Ordinary Shares (2020: 16,440). 

Further information about share capital can be found in note 25 of the Financial Statements.

Change of control provisions 

The Directors are not aware of there being any significant agreements that contain any material change of control provisions to which the 
Company is a party other than in respect of the financing facility which expires in May 2024. Under the terms of the facility, and in the event 
of a change of control of the Company, the bank can withdraw funding and all outstanding loans, accrued interest and other amounts due 
and owing become payable within 30 days of the change.

Purchase of own shares

At the Company’s AGM on 24 August 2020, shareholders approved an authority for the Company to make market purchases of its own 
shares up to a maximum of 9,018,989 shares (being approximately 10% of the issued share capital at that time) at prices not less than the 
nominal value of each share (being £0.01 each). No use was made of this authority during the period. The Company intends to renew this 
authority at its 2021 AGM.

Allotment of shares

At the Company’s AGM on 24 August 2020, shareholders approved an authority for the Company to allot ordinary shares up to a maximum 
nominal amount of £300,633 (being approximately one-third of the Company’s issued share capital at that time) increasing to £601,266 
(being approximately two-thirds of the Company’s issued share capital at that time) in the case of a rights issue. The Company intends to 
renew this authority at its 2021 AGM.

Disclosure table pursuant to Listing Rule LR 9.8.4R

In accordance with LR 9.8.4R, the table below sets out the location of the information required to be disclosed, where applicable.

Listing Rule

Information to be included

Interest capitalised by Group.

Unaudited financial information (LR 9.2.18R).

Disclosure

None.

None.

Long-term incentive scheme information involving Board 
Directors (LR 9.4.3R).

Details can be found on page 62 of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report.

Waiver of emoluments by a Director.

Waiver of future emoluments by a Director.

Non-pre-emptive issues of equity for cash.

Non-pre-emptive issues of equity for cash in relation to major 
subsidiary undertakings.

None.

None.

None.

None.

9.8.4(1)

9.8.4(2)

9.8.4(4)

9.8.4(5)

9.8.4(6)

9.8.4(7)

9.8.4(8)

9.8.4(9)

Listed company is a subsidiary of another company.

Not applicable.

9.8.4(10)

9.8.4(11)

Contracts of significance involving a Director or a controlling 
shareholder.

Contracts for the provision of services by a controlling 
shareholder.

None.

None.

9.8.4(12)

Shareholder waiver of dividends.

9.8.4(13)

Shareholder waiver of future dividends.

The trustees of the Motorpoint Group plc Employee Share Trust 
have a dividend waiver in place in respect of Ordinary Shares which 
are its beneficial property.

The trustees of the Motorpoint Group plc Employee Share Trust 
have a dividend waiver in place in respect of Ordinary Shares which 
are its beneficial property.

9.8.4(14)

Agreement with controlling shareholder.

None.

74 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Going Concern

The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis. The Group regularly reviews market and financial forecasts and has 
reviewed its trading prospects in its key markets. As a result of Coronavirus the Group operations were closed for six weeks from late March 
2020. The Group’s branches were subject to further periods of closure as a result of Government imposed lockdowns. All of these closures 
directly impacted short term performance and liquidity. The Group took immediate actions to limit the impact of this closure and secured 
additional finance facilities, including an additional uncommitted £15.0m overdraft facility, to support operational cash flows if required. This 
was not used and has now expired and not been renewed. During the later periods of closure the Group was able to maintain reduced levels 
of sales through home delivery and contactless collections. 

The Board has reviewed the latest forecasts of the Group, including the impact of multiple reopening scenarios, and considered the 
obligations of the financing arrangements. 

For the purpose of considering going concern the Group focuses on a period of at least 12 months from the point of signing the accounts. 

The Board has taken a reverse stress test approach in considering the going concern status of the Group, reducing volumes to the point at 
which the Group is either no longer compliant with banking covenants or depletes liquid resources required to continue trading, whichever 
is earlier. Plausible mitigating actions were built into the model including: reducing spend on specific variable cost lines including marketing 
and branch trading expenses, team costs most notably sales commissions, pausing new stock commitments, taking advantage of existing 
and confirmed Governmental support, and extending the period for which expansionary capital spend and share buybacks/ dividends are 
suspended. With the exception of the Government support initiatives which have only been assumed to be available under current 
legislation, all of these actions could conceivably be performed throughout the going concern period. 

The reverse stress test model demonstrated that a prolonged period of volume reduction in excess of 31% against FY20, despite the positive 
impact expected of opening Swansea and Stockton on Tees, was required before a covenant breach, which is considered implausible. FY22 
volumes have started strongly and are expected to exceed FY21 given no further prolonged government enforced periods of lockdown. 

The Group approaches FY22 cautiously but with renewed optimism, and therefore while some of the previous cash saving initiatives could 
be maintained in the short term, the Group has started to invest in its pre-Covid growth plans. 

The Directors have made use of the post year end trading performance to provide additional insight into the continuing viability of the 
business. While only a short period has passed since the year end, this evidence adds further comfort to the continuing strength of the 
Group in an active market. Given the continued historical liquidity of the Group and sufficiency of reserves and cash in the stressed 
scenarios modelled, the Board has concluded that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence over the going 
concern period and into the foreseeable future thereafter. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
consolidated financial statements.

The Annual Report was approved by the Board on 16 June 2021.

On behalf of the Board

Chris Morgan 
Chief Financial Officer 
16 June 2021

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 75

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsSTATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

Directors’ confirmations 

The Directors consider that the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is 
fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s and Company’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy. 

Each of the current Directors, whose names and function are listed 
on page 46 and page 47 confirm that to the best of their knowledge:

•  the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in 

accordance with international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 
and international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant 
to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European 
Union, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit of the Group;

•  the Company financial statements, which have been prepared in 

accordance with United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 102, give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and loss of the Company; and

•  the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development 

and performance of the business and the position of the Group 
and Company, together with a description of the principal risks 
and uncertainties that it faces.

In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report 
is approved:

•  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Group and Company’s auditors are 
unaware; and

•  they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a 

Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Group and Company’s 
auditors are aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and interpreted in accordance with the 
provisions of section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
the audited consolidated financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulation. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared 
the Group financial statements in accordance with international 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 and the company financial statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 
102 ‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and 
Republic of Ireland’, and applicable law). Additionally, the Financial 
Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules 
require the Directors to prepare the Group financial statements in 
accordance with international financial reporting standards adopted 
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the 
European Union. 

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the 
profit or loss of the Group and Company for that period. In 
preparing the financial statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•  state whether applicable international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 
and international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant 
to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European 
Union have been followed for the group financial statements and 
United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 102 have 
been followed for the company financial statements, subject to 
any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statement; 

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and 
Company will continue in business.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Group and the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for 
the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s and 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at 
any time the financial position of the Group and Company and 
enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies  
Act 2006. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

76 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Financial Statements

78 

84 

85 

86 

87 

88 

111 

Independent auditors’ report 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Consolidated balance sheet

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Consolidated cash flow statement

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Company balance sheet

112  Company statement of changes in equity

113  Notes to the company financial statements

117   Alternative performance measures

118   Glossary

119 

Shareholder information and advisers

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 77

Motorpoint Group plc 

 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MOTORPOINT GROUP PLC 

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:

•  Motorpoint Group Plc’s group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and fair view 
of the state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at 31 March 2021 and of the group’s profit and the group’s cash flows for the year 
then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the 

requirements of the Companies Act 2006;

•  the company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 102 “The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and 
Republic of Ireland”, and applicable law); and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts 2021 (the “Annual Report”), which comprise:  
the Consolidated balance sheet and Company balance sheet as at 31 March 2021; the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income, 
Consolidated cash flow statement, Consolidated statement of changes in equity and Company statement of changes in equity for the year 
then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the audit committee.

Separate opinion in relation to international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC)  
No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union
As explained in note 2 to the financial statements, the group, in addition to applying international accounting standards in conformity with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, has also applied international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation 
(EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

In our opinion, the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international financial reporting standards 
adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We 
believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence

We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided.

We have provided no non-audit services to the company or its controlled undertakings in the period under audit.

Our audit approach

Overview

Audit scope

•  We conducted audit work over Motorpoint Limited (the Group’s trading company) and Motorpoint Group Plc (the Company) which 

together accounted for 100% of the Group’s revenue and profit before tax.

Key audit matters

•  Going concern and impairment consideration relating to COVID-19 (group and company)

• 

Inventory valuation (group)

Materiality

•  Overall group materiality: £845,000 (2020: £5,100,000) based on 5% (2020: 0.5%) of three year average adjusted profit before tax (2020: 

revenue).

•  Overall company materiality: £720,000 (2020: £1,000,000) based on 1% of total assets, restricted by component materiality allocation.

•  Performance materiality: £634,000 (group) and £540,000 (company).

The scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.

78 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide 
a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Inventory valuation is a new key audit matter this year. IFRS 16 transition, which was a key audit matter last year, is no longer included 
because it was specific to the year of transition which was 2020. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Going concern and impairment consideration relating to 
COVID-19 (group and company)

Refer to page 53 (Audit Committee report) and note 4 of the 
consolidated financial statements.

The ongoing economic uncertainty due to COVID-19 required 
the Directors and auditors to consider the impact on the going 
concern assessment and the valuation of various assets on the 
balance sheet, specifically property, plant and equipment and 
right of use assets.

Inventory valuation (group)

Refer to page 54 (Audit Committee report) and note 4 of the 
consolidated financial statements.

Given the future uncertainty over trading levels in the near to 
medium term, there continues to exist a heightened risk 
around inventory valuation being in excess of net realisable 
value.

•  We have reviewed the board approved budget/ forecasts which 
include specific consideration of COVID-19, to support the going 
concern assumptions and impairment assessments.

•  We have compared the budgets and forecasts used in the above to 
actual post year end data and management’s experience of trading 
through a year of COVID-19.

•  We have challenged the key assumptions used in management’s 

models and reviewed the downside models to assess the impact on 
covenant liquidity and impairment headroom.

•  We have verified that any planned cost mitigations in the models are 

within the control of the Directors and feasible.

•  We have verified the arithmetic accuracy of management’s models 

mentioned above.

•  We have confirmed the availability of various stock finance and 

banking facilities.

•  We reviewed management’s disclosures in relation to the COVID-19 

impact and found them to be consistent with the stress test scenarios 
performed. Our conclusions relating to going concern are set out 
below.

•  We have tested a sample of afterdate sales to assess margins 

achieved post year end and compared to the inventory provision. 

•  We have verified the arithmetic accuracy of management’s models in 

calculating the inventory provision. 

•  We have tested a sample of inputs used in management’s models to 

appropriate third party evidence. 

•  We have challenged the key assumptions used in management’s 

models, including sensitising the assumptions to assess the impact.

•  We have reviewed management’s experience of trading through a 

year of COVID-19 and challenged the  forecast of margins of 
remaining unsold inventory.

How we tailored the audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a 
whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which 
they operate.

The Group and all its subsidiaries are based in the UK. There is one trading entity, Motorpoint Limited, which has 14 retail sites spread across 
the UK. Motorpoint Limited and Motorpoint Group Plc, the Company, were considered to be significant components, due to their 
contribution to the Group financial statements. Full scope audits were carried out on both of these components. The audit work performed 
over Motorpoint Limited and Motorpoint Group Plc gave us the evidence we needed for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a 
whole. These two entities cover 100% of the Group’s revenue and profit before tax. 

All audit work, including work on significant components, was completed by the Group audit team.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 79

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MOTORPOINT GROUP PLC 
CONTINUED 

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on 
the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate 
on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

£845,000 (2020: £5,100,000).

Financial statements – group

Financial statements – company

£720,000 (2020: £1,000,000).

How we determined it

5% (2020: 0.5%) of three year average adjusted profit before 
tax (2020: revenue) 

1% of total assets, restricted by component 
materiality allocation.

Rationale for 
benchmark applied

Motorpoint is seeking to grow market share through its 
business model and opening new sites in an industry that 
operates on low profit margins. With volume and revenue 
being key drivers for the business, we have historically 
applied a revenue benchmark to determine materiality. 
However, we continued to apply a lower profit based 
materiality of £0.9m in FY20 for certain financial statement 
line items depending on the nature of the balances and the 
potential impact on profit. Given the group’s increasing 
focus on margin and ultimately profit during the course of 
FY21, and further to our discussions with the Audit 
Committee, we have used a profit based materiality 
benchmark for FY21.

Motorpoint Group Plc (the Company) is the 
investment vehicle for the Group and 
therefore total assets is a generally accepted 
auditing benchmark.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of 
materiality allocated across components was between £720,000 and £803,000.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature 
and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our 
performance materiality was 75% of overall materiality, amounting to £634,000 for the group financial statements and £540,000 for the 
company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk assessment and 
aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount in the middle of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with the audit committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £40,000 (group audit) 
(2020: £100,000) and £40,000 (company audit) (2020: £100,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the group’s and the company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included the procedures as described in our Going concern and impairment consideration relating to COVID-19 key audit 
matter.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or 
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 
twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation 
of the financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the group’s and the 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

In relation to the Directors’ reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or 
draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the Directors considered it appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this 
report.

80 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

   
 
Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report 
thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form 
of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures 
to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, 
based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report 
that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 
2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and matters as 
described below.

Strategic report and Directors’ report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and Directors’ report for 
the year ended 31 March 2021 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did 
not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ report.

Directors’ Remuneration

In our opinion, the part of the Annual report on remuneration to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006.

Corporate governance statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the 
corporate governance statement relating to the company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified 
for our review. Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate governance statement as other information are described in the 
Reporting on other information section of this report.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate governance 
statement, included within the Corporate governance report is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge 
obtained during the audit, and we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

•  The Directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;

•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify emerging risks and an 

explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;

•  The Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of 

accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s and company’s ability to continue to do 
so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements;

•  The Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group’s and company’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the 

period is appropriate; and

•  The Directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the company will be able to continue in operation and 

meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

Our review of the Directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the group was substantially less in scope than an audit and only 
consisted of making inquiries and considering the Directors’ process supporting their statement; checking that the statement is in alignment 
with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code; and considering whether the statement is consistent with the financial 
statements and our knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit.

In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate 
governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:

•  The Directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the 

information necessary for the members to assess the group’s and company’s position, performance, business model and strategy;

•  The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems; and

•  The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the audit committee.

We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the Directors’ statement relating to the company’s compliance with 
the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the Listing Rules for review by the 
auditors.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 81

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsINDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MOTORPOINT GROUP PLC 
CONTINUED 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements

As explained more fully in the Statement of directors’ responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also 
responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors 
either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations 
related to the Listing Rules, UK tax legislation, Financial Conduct Authority regulations, employment law, health & safety, GDPR and modern 
slavery, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also 
considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the financial statements such as the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated 
management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of 
controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to posting of inappropriate journal entries with unusual account combinations 
to increase revenue or reduce expenditure, and management bias in accounting estimates. Audit procedures performed by the 
engagement team included:

•  review of correspondence with regulators, enquiries of management and audit of the financial statement disclosures to underlying 

supporting documentation;

•  challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates, to identify potential 

management bias, in particular in relation inventory valuation; and

• 

identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries posted with unusual account combinations that increase revenue or 
reduce expenditure.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. 
However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to 
target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a 
conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditors responsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our 
prior consent in writing.

82 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  the company financial statements and the part of the Annual report on remuneration to be audited are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Appointment
We were first appointed as auditors of Motorpoint Limited by its Directors on 18 September 2015 to audit the financial statements for the 
year ended 31 March 2015 and subsequently reappointed on 29 February 2016 to audit the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 
2016. Following the reorganisation of the group headed by Motorpoint Holdings Limited and the formation of Motorpoint Group Plc, we 
were appointed by the Directors of Motorpoint Group Plc on 28 October 2016 to audit the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 
2017 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is 7 years, covering the years ended 31 March 2015 to 
31 March 2021.

Mark Skedgel (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
East Midlands 
16 June 2021

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 83

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2021

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Operating expenses 

Operating profit
Finance expense

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense

Note

5
6

6

10

11

2021
£m

721.4
(658.9)

62.5
(49.9)

12.6
(2.9)

9.7
(2.1)

2020
£m

1,018.0
(939.1)

78.9
(56.6)

22.3
(3.5)

18.8
(3.6)

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity holders of 

the parent

7.6

15.2

Earnings per share attributable to equity holders of the parent
Basic
Diluted

The Group’s activities all derive from continuing operations.

12
12

8.4p
8.4p

16.4p
16.4p

The Group has no other comprehensive income (2020: £Nil). Total comprehensive income for the year is equal to the profit for the financial 
year. The notes on pages 88 to 110 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

84 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Deferred tax asset

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Current tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables, excluding contract liabilities
Contract liabilities
Lease liabilities
Provisions

Total current liabilities

Net current assets

Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

NET ASSETS

EQUITY
Called up share capital
Capital redemption reserve
Capital reorganisation reserve
EBT reserve
Retained earnings

TOTAL EQUITY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 
AS AT 31 MARCH 2021

Note

14
15
16

17
18
11
19

20
21
21
15
22

15
22

25
26
27
28

2021
£m

16.1
43.6
1.2

60.9

128.4
7.7
1.7
6.0

143.8

204.7

–
(125.7)
–
(2.4)
(0.1)

(128.2)

2020
£m

18.9
41.6
1.3

61.8

111.8
4.4
0.9
10.8

127.9

189.7

(10.0)
(111.6)
(0.2)
(2.3)
(0.2)

(124.3)

15.6

3.6

(46.9)
(2.0)

(48.9)

(43.1)
(2.1)

(45.2)

(177.1)

(169.5)

27.6

20.2

0.9
0.1
(0.8)
(0.1)
27.5

27.6

0.9
0.1
(0.8)
–
20.0

20.2

The consolidated financial statements on pages 84 to 110 were approved by the Board of Directors on 16 June 2021 and were signed on its 
behalf by:

M Carpenter 
Chief Executive Officer 

C Morgan
Chief Financial Officer

Motorpoint Group Plc

Registered number 10119755

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 85

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUIT Y 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2021

Balance at 1 April 2019
Profit and total 

comprehensive income for 
the year 

Transactions with owners in 
their capacity as owners:

Share-based payments
Buyback and cancellation of 

shares

Final dividend for the year 
ended 31 March 2019

Interim dividend for the year 

ended 31 March 2020

Balance at 31 March 2020 
Profit and total 

comprehensive income for 
the year 

Transactions with owners in 
their capacity as owners:

Share-based payments
EBT share purchases and 

commitments

Share-based compensation 
options satisfied through 
the EBT

Note

Called up 
share capital  
£m

1.0

–

–

(0.1)

–

–

(0.1)

0.9

–

–

–

–

–

31

25

13

13

31

28

28

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

–

–

–

0.1

–

–

0.1

0.1

–

–

–

–

–

Capital 
reorganisation 
reserve 
£m

(0.8)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.8)

–

–

–

–

–

Balance at 31 March 2021

0.9

0.1

(0.8)

The notes on pages  88 to 110  are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

EBT reserve 
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.4)

0.3

(0.1)

(0.1)

Retained 
earnings 
£m

25.8

Total equity 
£m

26.0

15.2

15.2

(0.9)

(0.9)

(13.1)

(13.1)

(4.7)

(2.3)

(21.0)

20.0

7.6

0.2

–

(0.3)

(0.1)

27.5

(4.7)

(2.3)

(21.0)

20.2

7.6

0.2

(0.4)

–

(0.2)

27.6

86 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2021

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from operations
Interest paid on lease liabilities
Interest paid on borrowings and financing facilities
Income tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

Net cash generated from / (used in) investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid
Payments to acquire own shares
Payments to satisfy employee share plan obligations
Repayment of leases
Proceeds from borrowings
Repayment of borrowings

Net cash used in financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Net cash and cash equivalents comprises: Cash at bank

Note

30

14

13
25

2021
£m

12.4
(1.6)
(1.3)
(2.8)

6.7

(3.6)
6.1

2.5

–
–
(0.4)
(3.6)
-
(10.0)

(14.0)

(4.8)
10.8

6.0

6.0

2020
£m

33.2
(1.6)
(1.9)
(6.4)

23.3

(12.3)
–

(12.3)

(7.0)
(13.1)
(0.9)
(3.0)
29.0
(19.0)

(14.0)

(3.0)
13.8

10.8

10.8

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 87

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  General information 

Motorpoint Group Plc (the Company) is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. 

The Company is a public company limited by shares and is listed on the London Stock Exchange; the address of the registered office is 
Chartwell Drive, West Meadows Industrial Estate, Derby, England, United Kingdom, DE21 6BZ. The consolidated financial statements of the 
Group as at and for the year ended 31 March 2021 comprise the Company, all of its subsidiaries and the Motorpoint Group Plc Employee 
Benefit Trust (the ‘EBT') as listed on page 115, together referred to as the Group. These financial statements are presented in pounds sterling 
because that is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates. 

The principal activities of the Group and the nature of the Group’s operations are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 43. 

2.  Summary of significant accounting policies 

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. The policies have 
been consistently applied to all years presented, unless otherwise stated. 

(a) Basis of preparation 

These consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union together referred to as ‘IFRS’. The financial statements have been prepared 
under the historical cost convention. 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of 
judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are disclosed 
in note 4. 

(b) Going concern 

The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis. The Group regularly reviews market and financial forecasts and has reviewed 
its trading prospects in its key markets. As a result of Coronavirus the Group operations were closed for six weeks from late March 2020. The 
Group’s branches were subject to further periods of closure as a result of Government imposed lockdowns. All of these closures directly 
impacted short term performance and liquidity. The Group took immediate actions to limit the impact of this closure and secured additional 
finance facilities, including an additional uncommitted £15.0m overdraft facility, to support operational cash flows if required. This was not 
used and has now expired and not been renewed. During the later periods of closure the Group was able to maintain reduced levels of sales 
through home delivery and contactless collections. 

The Board has reviewed the latest forecasts of the Group, including the impact of multiple reopening scenarios, and considered the 
obligations of the financing arrangements. 

For the purpose of considering going concern the Group focuses on a period of at least 12 months from the point of signing the accounts. 

The Board has taken a reverse stress test approach in considering the going concern status of the Group, reducing volumes to the point at 
which the Group is either no longer compliant with banking covenants or depletes liquid resources required to continue trading, whichever is 
earlier. Plausible mitigating actions were built into the model including: reducing spend on specific variable cost lines including marketing and 
branch trading expenses, team costs most notably sales commissions, pausing new stock commitments, taking advantage of existing and 
confirmed Governmental support, and extending the period for which expansionary capital spend and share buybacks/ dividends are 
suspended. With the exception of the Government support initiatives which have only been assumed to be available under current legislation, 
all of these actions could conceivably be performed throughout the going concern period. 

The reverse stress test model demonstrated that a prolonged period of volume reduction in excess of 31% against FY20, despite the positive 
impact expected of opening Swansea and Stockton on Tees, was required before a covenant breach, which is considered implausible. FY22 
volumes have started strongly and are expected to exceed FY21 given no further prolonged government enforced periods of lockdown. 

The Group approaches FY22 cautiously but with renewed optimism, and therefore while some of the previous cash saving initiatives could be 
maintained in the short term, the Group has started to invest in its pre-Covid growth plans. 

The Directors have made use of the post year end trading performance to provide additional insight into the continuing viability of the 
business. While only a short period has passed since the year end, this evidence adds further comfort to the continuing strength of the Group 
in an active market. Given the continued historical liquidity of the Group and sufficiency of reserves and cash in the stressed scenarios 
modelled, the Board has concluded that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence over the going concern 
period and into the foreseeable future thereafter. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated 
financial statements.

88 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

(c) New standards, amendments and interpretations 

The Group has not early-adopted standards, interpretations or amendments that have been issued but are not mandatory for 31 March 2021 
reporting periods. 

The following amended standards and interpretations effective for the current financial year, have been applied and have not had a 
significant impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements in the current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future 
transactions. 

•  Definition of a Business – Amendments to IFRS 3;

• 

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7; 

•  Revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting;

•  Definition of Material – amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8; and 

• 

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments. 

(d) Basis of consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company, entities controlled by the Company (its 
subsidiaries) and the Motorpoint Group Plc Employee Benefit Trust made up to 31 March each year. 

A list of subsidiaries is disclosed in note 4 to the Company financial statements.

The EBT is consolidated on the basis that the Company has control, thus the assets and liabilities of the EBT are included in the Balance 
Sheet and shares held by the EBT in the Company are presented as a deduction from equity. The EBT has been solely set up for the purpose 
of issuing shares to Group employees to satisfy awards under the various share-based schemes detailed in Note 31 and has no ability to 
access or use assets, or settle liabilities, of the Group. 

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, 
variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries 
are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. 
Intercompany transactions and balances between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation. 

(e) Segmental reporting 

The Group has prepared segmental reporting in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’, which requires segments to be presented on 
the same basis as the management reporting. An operating segment is a component of the business where discrete financial information is 
available and the operating results are regularly reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources 
to be allocated to the segment and to assess its performance. 

Operating segments are aggregated into reporting segments to combine those with similar characteristics. The Group’s reportable 
operating segment is considered to be the United Kingdom operations. The Group’s chief operating decision maker is considered to be the 
Board of Directors. 

The Group operates through a branch network and separate financial information is prepared for these individual branch operations. These 
branches are considered separate ‘cash-generating units’ for impairment purposes. However it is considered that the nature of the 
operations and products is similar and they all have similar long-term economic characteristics, as they are all based within the UK. 
Accordingly the Group has applied the aggregation criteria of IFRS 8 and thus considers it has one reportable segment. As a consequence 
no additional segmental information is required. 

(f) Revenue recognition 

Revenue represents amounts chargeable, net of value added tax, in respect of the sale of goods and services to customers. Revenue is 
measured at the fair value of the consideration receivable, when it can be reliably measured, and the specified recognition criteria for the 
sales type has been met. The transaction price is determined based on periodically reviewed prices and are separately identified on the 
customer’s invoice. There are no estimates of variable consideration. 

The transaction price for motor vehicles and motor related services is at fair value as if each of those products are sold individually.

(i) Sales of motor vehicles 

Revenue from sale of motor vehicles is recognised when the control has passed; that is, when the vehicle has been collected by, or delivered 
to, the customer. Payment of the transaction price is due immediately when the customer purchases the vehicle. Sales of accessories, such 
as mats, are recognised in the same way.

(ii) Sales of motor related services and commissions 

Motor related services sales include commissions on finance introductions, extended guarantees and vehicle asset protection as well as the 
sale of paint protection products. Sales of paint protection products are recognised when the control has passed; that is, the protection has 
been applied and the product is supplied to the customer. 

Vehicle extended guarantees where the Group is contractually responsible for future claims are accounted for by deferring the guarantee 
income received along with direct selling costs, and then releasing the income on a straight line basis over the remaining life of the 
guarantee. Costs in relation to servicing the extended guarantee income are expensed to the statement of comprehensive income as 
incurred. The Group has not sold any of these policies in the current or prior period but continues to release income in relation to legacy sales.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 89

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

2.  Summary of significant accounting policies continued

(f) Revenue recognition continued

Vehicle extended guarantees and asset protection (‘GAP insurance’) where the Group is not contractually responsible for future claims, are 
accounted for by recognising the commissions attributable to Motorpoint at the point of sale to the customer. 

Where the Group receives finance commission income, primarily arising when the customer uses third-party finance to purchase the 
vehicle, the Group recognises such income on an ‘as earned’ basis. 

The assessment is based on whether the Group controls the specific goods and services before transferring them to the end customer, 
rather than whether it has exposure to significant risks and rewards associated with the sale of goods or services.

Products and services

Sale of motor vehicles

Sales of motor related services and 
commissions

Nature, timing of satisfaction of performance obligations and significant payment terms

The Group sells nearly new vehicles and accessories to retail customers. Revenue is 
recognised at the point the vehicle is collected by, or delivered to, the customer. The 
satisfaction of the performance obligation occurs on delivery or collection of the product. 

The Group also sells vehicles acquired through retail customer trade-ins to trade customers 
through its website auction4cars. Vehicles do not leave the premises until they are paid for in 
full and therefore the revenue and the profit are recognised at the point of sale. The 
satisfaction of the performance obligation occurs on collection of the vehicle.

The Group operates a return policy which is consistent with the relevant consumer protection 
regulations.

The Group receives commissions when it arranges finance, insurance packages, extended 
warranty and paint protection for its customers, acting as agent on behalf of a limited 
number of finance, insurance and other companies. For finance and insurance packages, 
commission is earned and recognised as revenue when the customer draws down the 
finance or commences the insurance policy from the supplier which coincides with the 
delivery of the product or service. Commissions receivable are paid typically in the month 
after the finance is drawn down. For extended warranty and paint protection, the 
commission earned by the Group as an agent is recognised as revenue at the point of sale 
on behalf of the Principal. 

The Group offered an Extended Guarantee for either 12 or 24 months, which commenced 
from the end of the manufacturer’s warranty period. The revenue is deferred until the start of 
the policy period, and then released on a straight line basis over the policy term. Any directly 
attributable costs from the sale (eg sales commission) are also deferred and released over 
the same period. Customer claims are taken to the statement of comprehensive income as 
they are incurred during the policy term.

(g) Dividend distribution 

Dividend distribution to the Group’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period which the dividends 
are approved. 

(h) Foreign currency 

The Group’s functional and presentation currency is the pound sterling. 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions 
or valuation where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from 
the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the 
statement of comprehensive income. 

(i) Property, plant & equipment 

Property, plant and equipment is stated at the cost less depreciation. The cost of property, plant and equipment includes directly attributable 
costs. Depreciation is provided on tangible fixed assets so as to write off the cost or valuation, less any estimated residual value, over their 
expected useful economic life as follows.

Asset class

Land
Freehold property
Short term leasehold improvements
Plant and machinery
Fixtures and fittings
Office equipment

Depreciation method and rate

Nil
5% straight line
Lower of 20% straight line or remaining lease term
20% straight line
20% straight line
20% – 33.3% straight line

90 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Assets in the course of construction are recorded separately within property, plant and equipment and are transferred to the appropriate 
classification when complete and depreciated from the date they are bought into use.

The residual values of the assets and their useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date. The carrying value 
of assets is reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Assets are 
written down to their recoverable amount if lower than their carrying value, and any impairment is charged to the statement of 
comprehensive income. 

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income within ‘other income’. 

(j) Financial instruments

IFRS 9 requires an entity to recognise financial assets and financial liabilities in the Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes party to 
the contractual provisions of the instrument. 

The Group classifies financial instruments, or their component parts, on initial recognition as financial assets, financial liabilities or equity 
instruments according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. 

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity 
instruments issued by the Group are recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. 

Financial assets 

Trade receivables are initially recognised when they originated. All other financial assets are initially recognised when the Group becomes a 
party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. 

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit 
or loss (‘FVPL'), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets 
carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss. A trade receivable without a significant financing component is initially measured at the 
transaction price. 

A financial asset is classified either as being measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income or through 
profit or loss), or measured at amortised cost. The classification depends on the Group’s business model for managing the financial assets 
and the contractual terms of the cash flows. 

All financial assets of the Group are classified as measured at amortised cost. Financial assets are not reclassified subsequent to their initial 
recognition unless the Group changes its business model for managing financial assets. 

A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as at fair value reported in 
profit or loss: 

• 

• 

it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and 

its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount 
outstanding. 

Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The amortised cost is 
reduced by impairment losses. Interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairments are recognised in profit or loss. Any 
gain or loss on de-recognition is recognised in profit or loss. 

The Group recognises loss allowances for Expected Credit Losses (‘ECL’) on financial assets measured at amortised cost. ECL are a probability-
weighted estimate of credit losses. Credit losses are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls (ie the difference between the cash 
flows due to the Group in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive). All trade receivable balances 
are assessed individually. 

ECL are discounted at the effective interest rate of the financial asset. Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortised cost are 
deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets. 

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortised cost are credit-impaired. A financial asset is 
‘credit-impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have 
occurred. The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off (either partially or in full) to the extent that there is no realistic prospect 
of recovery. This is generally the case when the Group determines that the debtor does not have assets or sources of income that could 
generate sufficient cash flows to repay the amounts subject to the write-off. 

From time to time based on purchasing decisions the Group holds hedging instruments to hedge currency risks arising from its activities. 
Hedging instruments are recognised at fair value. Any gain or loss on remeasurement is recognised in the statement of comprehensive 
income. However, the treatment of gains or losses arising from hedging instruments which qualify for hedge accounting depends on the 
type of hedge arrangement. The fair value of hedging instruments is the estimated amount receivable or payable to terminate the contract 
determined by reference to the market prices prevailing at the balance sheet date. A gain or loss in respect of an effective hedge of a net 
investment in an overseas operation is recognised directly in equity. Any ineffective portion of the hedge is recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income. The Group currently has no hedge arrangements and no gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss in administrative 
expenses.

Financial liabilities 

Financial liabilities are classified on initial recognition as either other financial liabilities measured at amortised cost or at fair value through 
profit or loss. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 91

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

2.  Summary of significant accounting policies continued

(j) Financial instruments continued

Offsetting of financial assets and liabilities 

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset 
the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally 
enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of 
default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. 

(k) Leases

In the prior year the Group applied IFRS 16 for the first time, using the following practical expedients permitted by the standard:

•  reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous;

•  the accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at 1 April 2019 as short-term leases; and

•  the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

The Group also elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains a lease at the date of initial application. Instead, for contracts 
entered into before the transition date the Group relied on its assessment made applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 Determining whether an 
arrangement contains a Lease.

Lease liability - initial recognition

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date. The lease 
payments are discounted at the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. The incremental borrowing rate is determined based on a series of 
inputs including the risk free rate based on Government bond rates in addition to specific adjustments for risk and security. Lease payments 
included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:

•  fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives;

•  variable lease payments such as those that depend on an index or rate (such as RPI), initially measured using the index or rate at the 

commencement date;

•  the amount expected to be payable by the Group under residual value guarantees;

•  the exercise price of purchase options where the Group is reasonably certain to exercise the options; and

•  payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option to terminate the lease.

Break and extension options are included in leases to provide operational flexibility should the economic outlook for an asset be different to 
expectations, and hence at commencement of the lease, break or extension options are not typically considered reasonably certain to be 
exercised, unless there is a valid business reason otherwise.

The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, split between current and non-current liabilities.

Lease liability - subsequent measurement

The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using the effective 
interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

Lease liability - re-measurement

The lease liability is re-measured where:

•  there is a change in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is re-measured by discounting the 

revised lease payments using a revised discount rate; or

•  the lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual value, in 
which cases the lease liability is re-measured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate (unless the lease 
payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used); or

•  the lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease liability is 

re-measured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

When the lease liability is re-measured, an equivalent adjustment is made to the right-of-use asset unless its carrying amount is reduced to 
zero, in which case any remaining amount is recognised in profit or loss.

92 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Right-of-use asset – initial recognition

The right-of-use asset comprises the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at or before the 
commencement date, any dilapidation or removal costs, and any initial direct costs. They are subsequently measured at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Where the Group has an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the branch on which it is located or restore the 
underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is recognised and measured under IAS 37. 
The present value of these costs are included in the related right-of-use asset.

The right-of-use asset is presented as a separate line in the Balance Sheet.

Right-of-use asset – subsequent measurement 

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and useful life of the underlying asset. 

Impairment 

The Group applies IAS 36 to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified impairment loss as described 
in the ‘Impairment – non-financial assets’ policy. Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the measurement 
of the lease liability and the right-of-use asset. The related payments are recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or 
condition that triggers those payments occurs. 

(l) Inventory 

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value, after due regard for slow moving vehicles. 

Net realisable value is based on selling price less anticipated costs of completion and selling costs. When calculating an inventory provision 
management considers the nature and condition of the inventory as well as applying assumptions around expected saleability, determined 
on historic trading patterns. 

Inventory cost is calculated using the specific identification method.

(m) Trade receivables 

Trade receivables represent the principal amounts outstanding from finance companies in respect of the financed element of sales to 
customers for motor vehicle and related products. Trade receivables are recognised net of any provision for impairment. 

The carrying value of certain financial assets are measured on an expected credit loss approach. Trade and other receivables do not contain 
a significant financing element and therefore expected credit losses are measured using the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which 
requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from the initial recognition of the receivables.

(n) Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and at bank, and deposits held at call with banks. Where applicable, bank overdrafts are 
shown within borrowings in current liabilities. 

(o) Current and deferred tax 

The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income, except to 
the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. 

The current tax charge is calculated on the basis of tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. 

Deferred tax is recognised, without discounting, in respect of all temporary differences arising between the treatment of certain items for 
taxation and accounting purposes, which have arisen but not reversed by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is measured at the rates, 
based on the tax rates and law enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, that are expected to apply in the periods when 
the timing differences are expected to reverse. 

Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities 
and when the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity 
or different taxable entities and there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis. 

(p) Trade payables 

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Accounts 
payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, unless 
the effect is immaterial. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 93

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

2.  Summary of significant accounting policies continued

(q) Stocking finance facilities 

Stocking finance facilities, included within trade and other payables, are borrowings secured against the vehicle against which the facility is 
drawn down. These are short-term liabilities which are settled on the sale of a vehicle or a fixed maturity not greater than 150 days and as a 
result form part of the normal business operating cycle (see note 21 for more details). They are recognised initially at fair value and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, unless the effect is immaterial. 

(r) Share capital 

Ordinary Shares are classified as equity. Costs incurred in issuing equity are deducted from the equity instrument. 

(s) Provisions 

Provisions for making good obligations are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past 
events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount can be reliably estimated. 
Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses. Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will 
be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of 
an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small. 

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at 
the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is 
recognised as interest expense. 

(t) Borrowings 

Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried at amortised cost 
using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate method is a method of calculating the amortised cost and allocating the 
interest cost over the relevant period. 

The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial 
instrument. 

(u) Employee benefits 

(i) Pensions 

The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for employees. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the 
Group. The annual contributions are charged in the statement of comprehensive income in the year in which they become payable in 
accordance with the rules of the scheme. 

(ii) Other employee benefits 

The Group recognises an expense for other short-term employee benefits, primarily holiday pay and employee commissions and bonuses 
on an accruals basis. 

(iii) Share-based compensation 

Equity-settled share-based compensation to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair value of the equity 
instruments at the grant date. The estimate is measured using the Black-Scholes pricing model and excludes the effect of non-market based 
vesting conditions. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set out in note 31. 

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based compensation is expensed on a straight line basis over the 
vesting period, based on the Group’s estimates of equity instruments that will eventually vest. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises 
its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. The 
impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income such that the cumulative 
expenses reflect the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves. 

SAYE share options granted to employees are treated as cancelled when employees cease to contribute to the scheme. This results in 
accelerated recognition of the expenses that would have arisen over the remainder of the original vesting period. 

Cash-settled share-based compensation to employees and others providing similar services is measured at the fair value of the equity 
instruments at the grant date. A liability is recognised at the current fair value determined at each balance sheet date and at settlement. 

(v) Government grants

Grants are recognised only when there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attached to them and that 
the grants will be received. Grants that are receivable as compensation for expenses already incurred are recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income in the period in which they become receivable. 

(w) EPS

The Group presents basic and diluted EPS for its Ordinary Shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to Ordinary 
Shareholders by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding during the year. For diluted EPS, the weighted average 
number of Ordinary Shares is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential Ordinary Shares. 

(x) Exceptional items 

Material non-recurring items of income and expense are disclosed as ‘exceptional items’. Examples of items that may give rise to disclosure 
as exceptional items include costs of major restructuring and reorganisation of the business, corporate refinancing and restructuring costs. 

94 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

3.  Underlying profit measures 

The Group’s chief operating decision maker is considered to be the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors measure the overall 
performance of the Group by reference to the following non-GAAP measures: 

•  operating profit before exceptional items (adjusted operating profit); and 

•  profit before tax before exceptional items (adjusted profit before tax).

The adjusted measures are applied by the Board of Directors to understand the earning trends of the Group and are considered the most 
meaningful measures by which to assess the true operating performance of the Group. In the current and prior year there are no exceptional 
items noted; however these underlying profit measures remain valid when considering earlier years.

4.  Critical accounting estimates and judgements 

The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions in the application of 
accounting policies that affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expense. Further information about these areas of 
judgement is contained below. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other 
factors including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 

Accounting estimates 

IFRS 16 Incremental borrowing rate (note 15): Where the interest rate implicit in a lease cannot be readily determined, an incremental 
borrowing rate is estimated to discount future lease payments to measure the present value of the lease liability at the lease 
commencement date. Such a rate is based on what the Group estimates it would have to pay a third party to borrow the funds necessary to 
obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset, with similar terms, security and economic environment. The impact of an increase 
of 0.5% on the discount rate applied to the FY21 right-of-use asset, depreciation, lease liability and finance cost is presented below:

Right-of-use asset
Depreciation
Lease liability
Finance cost

£m

1.5
0.1
(3.2)
0.1

Inventory provisions (note 17): Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Given the closure of the Group’s retail 
branches during FY21 and reduction in sales volumes due to the Coronavirus pandemic, there is some continued uncertainty around the 
future sale value of inventory at the year end. As in previous years, a provision is included where management feels net realisable value falls 
below cost. The level of provision is determined by management estimates based on historical and forecast sales and potential net 
realisable value. 

Given sales volumes since reopening in April 2021 have been strong with similar trends seen throughout FY21, the primary sensitivity of the 
provision estimate is whether excessive pricing changes would be required to sell the year end inventory. If the proportion of vehicles 
making losses increased by 5% compared to current model the provision would increase by just £0.1m. 

Impairment assessments: Under IAS 36, the Group performs an annual assessment as to the existence of impairment indicators. The Group 
has remained profitable during FY21 and management believe that the future financial impact on Motorpoint of the Coronavirus pandemic 
is likely to be short term. However, as there is an ongoing risk surrounding further lockdowns or social distancing measures which could 
directly impact the Group’s retail estate, the pandemic is still considered to meet the definition of an impairment trigger. The impairment 
review results in every cash-generating unit showing a sufficiency of future cashflows, so no impairment charge has been made. The 
minimum headroom on any cash-generating unit is £1.4m

Management has therefore completed an impairment review of the Group’s estate, using each Retail Branch as a cash-generating unit. 
Recoverable amounts for cash-generating units are the higher of fair value less costs of disposal, and value in use. Future cashflow 
projections are based on the Group’s internal forecasts and include modest ongoing performance improvement, including in the newest 
branches. The Group considers these cashflows to be reasonable and conservative. Management estimates the risk-adjusted discount rate 
using pre-tax rates that reflect the current market assessment of the time value of money. 

The impairment review results in every cash-generating unit showing a sufficiency of future cashflows, so no impairment charge has been 
made. The Group has carried out sensitivity analysis on the impairment tests using various reasonably possible scenarios based on possible 
market movements. In particular the model is sensitive to the estimated discount rate applied. Applying a discount rate 3% higher than 
management’s best estimate still does not result in the requirement for any impairment to be realised.

Significant judgements 

IFRS 16 Lease term (note 15): The lease term is a significant component in the measurement of both the right-of-use asset and lease liability. 
Judgement is exercised in determining whether there is reasonable certainty that an option to extend the lease or purchase the underlying 
asset will be exercised, or an option to terminate the lease will not be exercised, when ascertaining the periods to be included in the lease 
term. In determining the lease term, all facts and circumstances that create an economical incentive to exercise an extension option, or not 
to exercise a termination option, are considered at the lease commencement date. The Group reassesses whether it is reasonably certain to 
exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination option, if there is a significant event or significant change in circumstances. 

Going concern status: The accounts have been prepared on a going concern basis. The Group underwent a period of closure following 
guidance given by the UK Government as a result of the Coronavirus pandemic, and additional stresses were placed on short term liquidity. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 95

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

4.  Critical accounting estimates and judgements continued

Significant judgements continued

A range of scenario modelling has been performed as part of the going concern status assessment, considering stressed levels of volume 
and margin over the going concern period. Further details are provided in the going concern section of this note.

5.  Revenue

Revenue has been analysed between the sale of goods and the sale of services below. 

Revenue analysis
Revenue from sale of motor vehicles
Revenue from motor related services and commissions
Revenue recognised that was included in deferred income at the beginning of the year – Sale of motor 

vehicles

Revenue recognised that was included in deferred income at the beginning of the year – Motor related 

services and commissions

Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year 

– Extended guarantee income

Total revenue 

The Group recognises the following contract liabilities:

Contract liabilities
Unearned proportion of extended guarantee income1

2021 
£m

687.5 
29.0

1.7

3.0

0.2

2020 
£m

965.5
45.8

3.3

2.0

1.4

721.4

1,018.0

2021 
£m

–

–

2020 
£m

0.2

0.2

1  Contract liabilities are vehicle extended guarantees where the Group is contractually responsible for future claims and are accounted for by deferring the guarantee income received, 
along with direct selling costs, and then releasing the income on a straight line basis over the remaining life of the guarantee. Costs in relation to servicing the extended guarantee 
income are expensed to the statement of comprehensive income as incurred. The Group has not sold any of these policies in the current or prior year but continues to release income 
in relation to legacy sales. 

The Group recognises the following accrued income balances:

Accrued income
Commissions1

1  Accrued income relates to commissions earned from finance companies received the following month. 

The Group recognises the following deferred income balances within accruals and deferred income:

Deferred income
Vehicles invoiced not collected
Commissions received not earned

Total deferred income

2021 
£m

0.4

0.4

2021 
£m

3.3
3.0

6.3

2020 
£m

0.1

0.1

2020 
£m

1.7
3.0

4.7

96 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

6.  Operating profit 

Analysed as:

Operating profit include the effect of charging/(crediting):

Inventory recognised as expense
Movement in provision against inventory
Employee benefit expense (note 8)
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 14) and right-of-use assets (note 15)
Expense on short term and low value leases
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Total expenses comprise:

Cost of sales
Operating expenses:
Selling and distribution expenses
Administrative expenses

Total expenses

2021
£m

654.9
0.2
25.6
5.7
0.2
0.1

2021
£m

658.9

13.9
36.0

708.8

2020
£m

928.0
(0.2)
28.8
5.0
0.2
0.1

2020
£m

939.1

16.4
40.2

995.7

Receipts associated with the Job Retention Scheme of £3.9m (FY20: £0.3m) have been recognised in employee benefit expenses. All 
receipts from the Job Retention Scheme have been paid in full to staff on furlough.

7.  Auditor’s remuneration:

Auditor’s remuneration:
Fees payable for the audit of the parent Company and consolidated financial statements  
Fees payable for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries
Audit-related assurance services1

Total

2021 
£’000

174
15
–

189

2020 
£’000

125
19
22

166

1  Audit-related assurance services comprise fees payable to the Group’s auditor for carrying out a review of the Group’s interim results in accordance with International Standard on 

Review Engagements (UK and Ireland) 2410.

8.  Employees and Directors

The aggregate employee benefit expenses were as follows:

Employee benefit expenses:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs
Share-based compensation charge (note 31)

2021
£m

22.1
2.7
0.6
0.2

25.6

2020
£m

25.7
2.6
0.6
(0.1)

28.8

Receipts associated with the Job Retention Scheme of £3.9m (FY20: £0.3m) have been recognised in employee benefit expenses. All 
receipts from the Job Retention Scheme have been paid in full to staff on furlough.

The average monthly number of employees (including Directors but excluding third-party contractors) employed by the Group was as 
follows:

Average number of people employed:
Sales and operations
Administration and support

2021
No.

517
252

769

2020
No.

508
254

762

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 97

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

9.  Directors’ and key management remuneration

Key management has been identified as the Directors of Motorpoint Group Plc.

Remuneration
Employer contributions paid to money purchase schemes
Benefits in kind

2021
£m

0.6
–
–

0.6

2020
£m

0.9
0.1
–

1.0

During the year the number of key management who were receiving benefits was 2 (FY20: 2). 

The table above includes both Executive and Non-executive Directors and excludes payments made to former Directors for loss of office.

James Gilmour ceased to be a Board Director on 24 August 2020 when he left the Company and received a payment of £0.1m for the period 
when he was placed on garden leave. Further information on Directors’ remuneration for the Directors of Motorpoint Group Plc is included in 
the Remuneration Committee Report on page 66.

In respect of the highest paid Director refer to page 66 of the Annual Report on Remuneration.

10.  Finance expense

Interest on bank borrowings
Interest on stocking finance facilities 
Other interest payable

Total finance expense

11.  Income tax expense

The tax charge in the statement of comprehensive income represents:

Current tax:
UK corporation tax 
Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total current tax

Deferred tax:
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Impact of UK corporation tax rate change

Total deferred tax

Total tax charge in the statement of comprehensive income

Reconciliation of the total tax charge

2021
£m

0.2
1.1
1.6

2.9

2021
£m

2.0
–

2.0

0.1
–

0.1

2.1

2020
£m

0.2
1.7
1.6

3.5

2020
£m

3.5
(0.1)

3.4

0.4
(0.2)

0.2

3.6

The tax charge in the statement of comprehensive income in the year differs from (FY20: is consistent with) the charge which would result 
from the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (FY20: 19%):

Profit before taxation

Profit before taxation at the standard rate of corporation tax of 19% (FY20: 19%)

Tax effect of:
– Fixed asset differences
– Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
– Adjustments to tax charge in respect of prior periods
– Adjustment to opening deferred tax

Tax charge in the statement of comprehensive income

2021
£m

9.7

1.8

0.3
–
–
–

2.1

2020
£m

18.8

3.6

0.2
0.1
(0.1)
(0.2)

3.6

A tax receivable balance of £1.7m (2020: £0.9m) is included within current assets as a result of the payments on account to HMRC 
exceeding the tax charge for the year.

98 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Factors affecting current and future tax charges

In the Spring UK Budget 2020, the Government announced that from 1 April 2020 the corporation tax rate would remain at 19% (rather than 
reducing to 17%, as previously enacted). This new law was substantively enacted on 17 March 2020 and so deferred tax balances have been 
measured at 19%. The UK Budget 2021 announcement on 3 March 2021 included measures to support economic recovery as a result of the 
Coronavirus pandemic. These included an increase to the UK’s main corporation tax rate to 25%, which is due to be effective from 1 April 
2023. 

This will have a consequential effect on the Group’s future tax charge. If this rate change had been substantively enacted at the current 
balance sheet date the deferred tax asset would have increased by £0.4m.

12.  Earnings per share

Basic and diluted EPS are calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted average number of 
Ordinary Shares during the year.

Profit Attributable to Ordinary Shareholders (£m)

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in Issue (‘000)

Basic EPS (pence)

Diluted weighted average number of Shares in Issue (‘000)

Diluted EPS (pence)

2021

7.6

90,190

8.4

90,265

8.4

2020

15.2

92,521

16.4

92,577

16.4

The difference between the basic and diluted weighted average number of shares represents the dilutive effect of the FY19, FY20, FY21 SAYE 
schemes and the vested but not yet exercised options under the FY17 and FY18 PSP schemes. This is shown in the reconciliation below.

The shares for the PSP schemes for 2019 and 2020 and RSA for 2021 have performance criteria which have not been met so the options are 
not yet dilutive. There is a maximum of 1,214,031 additional options which have not been included in the dilutive calculation in relation to 
these schemes. Further information is included in note 31. 

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in Issue (‘000)
Adjustment for share options (‘000)

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for diluted earnings per share (‘000)

13.  Dividends

During the year the following dividends were paid:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2019
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2020

Total 

The Board has not proposed a final dividend (FY20: £Nil) for the year ended 31 March 2021. 

2021

90,190
75

90,265

2020

92,521
56

92,577

2021
£m

–
–

–

2020
£m

4.7
2.3

7.0

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 99

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

14.  Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 April 2019
Additions
Transfers
Disposals

At 31 March 2020
Additions
Transfers
Disposals

At 31 March 2021

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 April 2019
Provided during the year
Disposals

At 31 March 2020
Provided during the year
Disposals

At 31 March 2021

Net book value

At 31 March 2021

At 31 March 2020

At 31 March 2019

Freehold 
property 
£m

Short term 
leasehold 
improvements 
£m

Plant and 
machinery 
£m

Fixtures and 
fittings 
£m

Office 
equipment 
£m

Work in 
progress 
£m

–
3.6
2.3
–

5.9
2.0
2.2
(3.4)

6.7

–
0.1
–

0.1
0.3
(0.1)

0.3

6.4

5.8

–

6.4
0.8
–
–

7.2
0.3
0.1
(0.4)

7.2

3.4
0.9
–

4.3
0.9
(0.4)

4.8

2.4

2.9

3.0

1.2
0.3
–
–

1.5
0.1
–
(0.1)

1.5

0.9
0.1
–

1.0
0.2
(0.1)

1.1

0.4

0.5

0.3

1.1
0.2
–
–

1.3
0.5
–
(0.1)

1.7

0.8
0.3
–

1.1
0.1
(0.1)

1.1

0.6

0.2

0.3

2.7
0.4
0.1
–

3.2
0.2
–
(0.3)

3.1

2.2
0.2
–

2.4
0.4
(0.2)

2.6

0.5

0.8

0.5

2.5
2.5
(2.4)
(0.1)

2.5
0.5
(2.3)
(0.2)

0.5

–
–
–

–
–
–

–

0.5

2.5

2.5

Land 
£m

1.7
4.5
–
–

6.2
–
–
(0.9)

5.3

–
–
–

–
–
–

–

5.3

6.2

1.7

Total 
£m

15.6
12.3
–
(0.1)

27.8
3.6
-
(5.4)

26.0

7.3
1.6
–

8.9
1.9
(0.9)

9.9

16.1

18.9

8.3

The depreciation expense of £1.9m (FY20: £1.6m) has been recorded in operating expenses. 

15.  Leases

The Group only acts as a lessee.

(a) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position

The balance sheet shows the following amounts relating to leases: 

Land and buildings
£m

42.6
2.4
(3.4)

41.6

41.6
5.8
(3.8)

43.6

Right-of-use assets
Balance at 1 April 2019
Additions to right-of-use assets
Depreciation charge

Balance at 31 March 2020

Balance at 1 April 2020
Additions to right-of-use assets
Depreciation charge

Balance at 31 March 2021

100 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Lease liabilities
Balance at 1 April 2019
Additions to lease liabilities
Repayment of lease liabilities (including interest element)
Interest expense related to lease liabilities

Balance at 31 March 2020

Current
Non-current

Balance at 1 April 2020
Additions to lease liabilities
Repayment of lease liabilities (including interest element)
Interest expense related to lease liabilities

Balance at 31 March 2021

Current
Non-current

A maturity analysis of lease liabilities based on undiscounted gross cash flows as at 31 March 2021 is reported in the table below.

Within one year
In the second to fifth years inclusive
After five years

Total minimum lease payments

Interest charges

Lease liability

(b) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income

The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases:

Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets
Buildings

Finance expense
Interest expense

2021
£m

5.4
20.6
35.1

61.1

(11.8)

49.3

2021
£m

3.8

1.6

Land and 
buildings
£m

46.2
2.2
(4.6)
1.6

45.4

2.3
43.1

45.4
7.5
(5.2)
1.6

49.3

2.4
46.9

2020
£m

4.7
18.3
35.4

58.4

(13.0)

45.4

2020
£m

3.4

1.6

The total cash outflow for leases held as right-of-use assets in FY21 was £5.2m (FY20: £4.6m).

An expense on short term and low value leases is also included of £0.2m (FY20: £0.2m).

(c) The Group’s leasing activities and how these are accounted for 

The Group leases various offices and retail branches. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods of three to 20 years, but may have 
extension options. 

Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a range of different terms and conditions. The lease agreements do not 
impose any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held by the lessor. Leased assets may not be used as 
security for borrowing purposes. 

Where leases contain options to break, the Group has assumed that these are not exercised, unless there is reasonable certainty that the 
lease will be extended, and therefore the assumed duration for the liability is to the break point. Similarly, for any extension options, these 
have not been assumed to be utilised unless there is reasonable certainty. 

Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 101

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

15.  Leases continued

(c) The Group’s leasing activities and how these are accounted for continued

Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. 

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally 
the case for leases in the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay 
to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar 
terms, security and conditions. 

To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Group: 

•  where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the individual lessee as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in 

financing conditions since third party financing was received; 

•  uses a build-up approach that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the Group, which does not have 

recent third party financing; and 

•  makes adjustments specific to the lease where relevant. 

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to 
produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. 

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight line basis.

There have been no lease payment breaks during the year.

16.  Deferred tax assets

The movement in deferred taxation assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration the offsetting of balances within 
the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:

Other temporary differences

At 1 April 2019
Charged to the statement of comprehensive income

At 31 March 2020

Charged to the statement of comprehensive income

At 31 March 2021

17.  Inventories

Finished goods: New and used vehicles for resale

Accelerated 
capital allowances
£m

Other timing 
differences
£m

1.4
(0.2)

1.2

(0.1)

1.1

0.1
–

0.1

–

0.1

Total
£m

1.5
(0.2)

1.3

(0.1)

1.2

2021 
£m

128.4

2020
£m

111.8

The replacement cost of inventories is not considered to be materially different from the above values.

Provisions against inventory total £1.4m (FY20: £1.2m).

Inventory is pledged as security for the stocking finance facilities where funding has been drawn down on that inventory.

18.  Trade and other receivables

Due within one year

Trade receivables1
Other receivables
VAT receivables
Prepayments 
Accrued income2

2021 
£m

2.1
0.5
3.7
1.0
0.4

7.7

 2020
£m

3.0
1.0
–
0.3
0.1

4.4

1 

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and generally have a term of less than seven days. Due to their short maturities, the fair value of current trade and other receivables 
approximates to their book value. Trade receivables represent amounts due from financial institutions on the financed element of vehicle sales to customers. The maximum exposure 
to credit risk is the carrying amount. The Group has no provisions against trade receivables (FY20: £Nil). 

2   Accrued income relates to commissions earned from finance companies. 

None of the Group’s trade receivables or other receivables were past due or impaired (FY20: £Nil). Trade and other receivables are valued at 
their book value which is equivalent to fair value and all are in sterling. 

102 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

19.  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

20. Borrowings

2021
£m

6.0

2020
£m

10.8

The Group’s available borrowings consist of an unsecured loan facility provided by Santander UK PLC, split between £6.0m available as an 
overdraft and £14.0m available as a revolving credit facility. A further temporary 12 month £15.0m overdraft facility was agreed with 
Santander UK PLC in May 2020 to help support short term cash impacts, should it have been required during the pandemic. This additional 
facility was not used. The existing £20.0m facility expires in May 2024. As at the reporting date £Nil (FY20: £10.0m) was drawn down. 

The finance charge for utilising the facility is dependent on the Group’s borrowing ratios as well as the base rate of interest in effect. During 
the year ended 31 March 2021 interest was charged at 1.4% (FY20: 1.4%) per annum. The interest charged for the year of £0.2m (FY20: £0.2m) 
has been expensed as a finance cost.

Net debt reconciliation

Net debt as at 1 April 2019
Cash flows
New leases

Net debt as at 31 March 2020

Cash flows
New leases

Net debt as at 31 March 2021

Borrowings 
£m

–
(10.0)
–

(10.0)

10.0
–

0.0

Leases 
£m

(46.2)
3.0
(2.2)

(45.4)

3.6
(7.5)

(49.3)

Sub-total 
£m

(46.2)
(7.0)
(2.2)

(55.4)

13.6
(7.5)

(49.3)

21.  Trade and other payables: amounts due within one year

Trade payables 
– Trade creditors
– Stocking finance facilities1
Other taxes and social security
– VAT payable
– PAYE/NI payable
Accruals and deferred income2

Contract liabilities3

Cash
 £m

13.8
(3.0)
–

10.8

(4.8)
–

6.0

2021
£m

19.4
89.2

–
0.7
16.4

125.7

–

125.7

Total 
   £m

(32.4)
(10.0)
(2.2)

(44.6)

8.8
(7.5)

(43.3)

2020
£m

10.6
86.1

1.4
0.8
12.7

111.6

0.2

111.8

1   Stocking finance facilities are provided from Black Horse Limited and Lombard North Central PLC. At 31 March 2021 the Group had £106m (FY20: £101m) of stocking finance facilities 

available of which £89.2m (FY20: £86.1m) was drawn. 

The stocking finance facility with Black Horse Limited was renegotiated in May 2019 and all borrowings are secured against the vehicle which the stocking finance facility is drawn 
down against. During the year this facility was increased by £75.0m to £80.0m. The finance is repayable on the earlier of the sale of the respective vehicle or a latest date of between 
90 and 150 days from date of drawdown of the facility amount. The repayment term was extended by 30 days for vehicles already on the scheme as at 18 March 2021. Since 
renegotiation the facility bears interest at the rate of 1% over Finance House Base Rate. 

The stocking finance facility with Lombard North Central PLC was negotiated in March 2019 and all borrowings are secured against the vehicle which the stocking finance facility is 
drawn down against. The finance is repayable on the earlier of the sale of the respective vehicle or a latest date of between 90 and 120 days from date of drawdown of the facility 
amount. The repayment term was extended by 60 days for vehicles already on the scheme as at 4 February 2021. Since renegotiation the facility bears interest at the rate of 1.35% over 
Finance House Base Rate. 

Interest expense in the year of £1.1m (FY20: £1.7m) has been recognised as a finance cost.

2  

Included within accruals and deferred income is £3.3m (FY20: £1.7m) in relation to vehicles invoiced not collected at the reporting date and £3.0m (FY20: £3.0m) of commissions 
received in advance.

3  Contract liabilities are vehicle extended guarantees where the Group is contractually responsible for future claims and are accounted for by deferring the guarantee income received, 
along with direct selling costs, and then releasing the income on a straight line basis over the remaining life of the guarantee. Costs in relation to servicing the extended guarantee 
income are expensed to the statement of comprehensive income as incurred. The Group has not sold any of these policies in the current or prior period but continues to release 
income in relation to legacy sales. 

Other than the stocking finance facilities payable, trade and other payables are all non-interest bearing. 

Due to their short maturities, the fair value of current liabilities approximates to their book value and all are in sterling. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 103

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

22.  Provisions

Make good provision1
Onerous lease2

2021
£m
Current

–
0.1

0.1

2021
£m
Non-current

1.9
0.1

2.0

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year are set out below:

Carrying amount at start of year
Charged/(credited) to statement of 

comprehensive income

– additional provisions recognised
– unwinding of discount
Amounts used during the year

Carrying amount at end of year

2021
Make good 
provision1

2021
Onerous lease2

1.9

–
–
–

1.9

0.4

–
–
(0.2)

0.2

2021
£m
Total

1.9
0.2

2.1

2021
Total

2.3

–
–
(0.2)

2.1

2020
£m
Current

–
0.2

0.2

2020
£m
Non-current

1.9
0.2

2.1

2020
Make good 
provision1

2020
Onerous lease2

1.6

0.2
0.1
–

1.9

0.5

–
–
(0.1)

0.4

2020
£m
Total

1.9
0.4

2.3

2020
Total

2.1

0.2
0.1
(0.1)

2.3

1  Make good provision
  Motorpoint Group Plc is required to restore the leased premises of its retail stores to their original condition at the end of the respective lease terms. A provision has been recognised 
for the present value of the estimated expenditure required to remove any leasehold improvements. These costs have been capitalised as part of the cost of right-of-use assets and 
are amortised over the shorter of the term of the lease and the useful life of the assets.

The timing of the cash outflow relating to the make good provision is in line with the life of the relevant lease. The remaining term on existing leases ranges from 2 to 16 years with a 
weighted average of 11 years. 

There is judgement associated with the potential cost of remediation of each property and estimated provisions have been based on the past experience of the Group.

2   Onerous leases

The Group operates across a number of locations and if there is clear indication that a property will no longer be used for its intended operation, a provision may be required based on 
an estimate of potential liabilities for periods of lease where the property will not be used at the end of the reporting period, to unwind over the remaining term of the lease. The 
onerous lease is likely to be utilised for a period of 5 years.

23. Financial instruments and risk management

The principal financial liabilities comprise inventory finance facilities, borrowings, and trade and other payables. The main purpose of these 
financial liabilities is to provide working capital funding for the Group. The main risks arising from financial liabilities are discussed further 
below. The principal financial assets comprise trade and other receivables, and cash at bank and in hand. The maximum exposure at the 
balance sheet date is the carrying value of the financial assets as disclosed in this note. 

(a) Credit risk

The Group trades predominantly with retail customers. Sales to such customers are for cash and/or part exchange, often with finance 
provided by a selected panel of financial institutions. The majority of the Group’s sales are thus for cash or the remittances of funds from 
financial institutions, which is achieved in a short period after the sale. As such the Group does not consider that it is exposed to credit risk 
from retail customers. Receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with the result that the Group’s exposure to bad debts is not 
considered to be significant. The maximum exposure is the carrying value amount as disclosed in this note. There is no significant 
concentration of credit risk within the Group. As a consequence, the Directors are satisfied that the Group’s exposure to credit risk is 
acceptable. 

With respect to credit risk arising from other financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, the Group’s exposure 
to credit risk arises from the default of counterparties, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. Default 
is defined as the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual 
obligations. Counterparty credit risk is managed through the monitoring and active management of counterparty balances. 

(b) Foreign exchange risk 

The Group is not exposed to a significant foreign exchange risk. In FY20 and FY21 there were no purchases of inventory from the EU, or other 
overseas countries and no hedging contracts were entered into.

At 31 March 2021 if sterling had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the Euro, with all other variables held constant, the recalculated 
post-tax profit for the year would therefore have been unchanged (FY20: unchanged) as a result of foreign exchange losses/gains on the 
translation of euro-denominated trade payables. 

104 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

 
 
 
(c) Funding and liquidity risk 

The funding arrangements of the Group at the balance sheet date consisted primarily of the stocking finance facilities, trade and other 
payables, as well as an unsecured loan facility provided by Santander UK PLC, split between £6.0m available as an overdraft and £14.0m 
available as a revolving credit facility. A further temporary 12 month £15.0m overdraft facility was agreed with Santander UK PLC in May 2020 
to help support short term cash impacts, should it have been required during the pandemic. Further information regarding these 
arrangements is included in note 20. 

The Coronavirus pandemic has increased funding and liquidity risk as a result of a period of depressed trading. As set out in the Viability 
Statement on page 38, various scenarios have been modelled in response to the impact of Coronavirus, with particular focus on short term 
cash management. 

In addition, in response to the pandemic, the Group took extensive actions to minimise the impact on short term cash flows; temporarily 
pausing all capital expenditure, furloughing team members, suspending the share buyback programme and reducing all non-essential 
spend. 

The Group monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a long term business plan that considers the maturity of all of its financial liabilities 
and the projected cash flows from operations. The Group aims to have sufficient committed borrowing facilities and operating cash flows to 
cover its core long term requirements.

The maturity table that follows details the contractual, undiscounted cash flows (both principal and interest) for the Group’s non-derivative 
financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. 
Interest payments have been calculated using the LIBOR rates at the period end, except where rates had already been contracted.

2021

Borrowings
Stocking finance facilities
Trade creditors and accruals
Lease liabilities

2020 

Borrowings
Stocking finance facilities
Trade creditors and accruals
Lease liabilities1

Within 180 days 
£m

Within 1 year
£m

Between 1 and 2 
years
£m

Between 2 and 5 
years
£m

Over 5 years
£m

–
89.2
29.5
2.7

121.4

–
–
–
2.7

2.7

–
–
–
5.4

5.4

–
–
–
15.2

15.2

–
–
–
35.1

35.1

Within 180 days
£m

Within 1 year
£m

Between 1 and 2 
years
£m

Between 2 and 5 
years
£m

Over 5 years
£m

10.0
86.1
18.6
2.3

117.0

–
–
–
2.4

2.4

–
–
–
4.7

4.7

–
–
–
13.6

13.6

–
–
–
35.4

35.4

1 

The prior year comparative table has been restated to include the lease liabilities maturity analysis.

(d) Capital market risk 

The Group is subject to capital market risk, primarily in relation to changes in interest rates. 

The Group’s interest-bearing financial liabilities are analysed as follows:
2021

Sterling denominated

Total

Floating
£m

89.2

89.2

Fixed
£m

–

–

Total
£m

89.2

89.2

Floating
£m

96.1

96.1

2020

Fixed
£m

–

–

Total
£m

–
89.2
29.5
61.1

179.8

Total
£m

10.0
86.1
18.6
58.4

173.1

Total
£m

96.1

96.1

At 31 March 2021 and 2020 the floating rate financial liabilities comprise stocking finance facilities that bear interest at rates based on 
Finance House Base Rate and a revolving credit facility which bears interest based on the LIBOR rate. 

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates, with all other variables held constant, to 
the Group’s results before tax. The Group’s equity would be impacted by this amount less tax at the prevailing rate. 

Sterling 
Sterling

Increase/ decrease 
in basis points

+50
-50

2021 
£m

(0.4)
0.4

2020 
£m

(0.5)
0.5

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 105

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

23. Financial instruments and risk management continued

(e) Capital management 

The Group’s objective when managing capital is to ensure adequate working capital for all operating activities and liquidity, including a 
comfortable headroom to take advantage of shorter term opportunities, or to weather short term shocks. Secondly the Group aims to 
operate an efficient capital structure to achieve the business plan and return excess cash to shareholders. For these purposes the Group 
considers capital to be shareholders’ equity, borrowings and stocking finance facilities. 

The Group funds its inventory and other working capital through trade creditors, stocking finance facilities, as well as an unsecured loan 
facility provided by Santander UK PLC, split between £6.0m available as an overdraft and £14.0m available as a revolving credit facility. A 
further temporary 12 month £15.0m overdraft facility was agreed with Santander UK PLC in May 2020 to help support short term cash 
impacts, should it have been required during the pandemic. Further information regarding these arrangements is included in note 20. 

There are certain covenants relating to a maximum debt to equity and interest rate cover in respect of the Group consolidated financial 
statements. The Group reviews covenant compliance on a monthly basis, both retrospectively and prospectively. As discussed more in note 
2 and 4, in a stressed scenario, involving future branch closures, it is possible the Group would need to negotiate changes to the banking 
covenants but this is not considered plausible in the scenarios modelled. 

At 31 March 2021 the Group had undrawn stocking finance facilities of approximately £16.8m (FY20: £14.9m) and undrawn credit facilities of 
£35.0m (FY20: £10.0m) split between £6m available as an overdraft, £14.0m available as a revolving credit facility and a temporary 12 month 
£15.0m uncommitted overdraft facility.

(f) Fair value estimation 

The Group has no financial assets or liabilities carried at fair value.

(g) Financial instruments by category 

The Group’s financial assets are all measured at amortised cost.

2021

Trade receivables
Other receivables
Accrued income

2020

Trade receivables
Other receivables
Accrued income

The Group’s liabilities are classified as follows:

2021

Borrowings
Trade creditors
Stocking finance facilities
Other taxes and social security
Lease liabilities
Accruals

2020  

Borrowings
Trade creditors
Stocking finance facilities
Other taxes and social security
Lease liabilities
Accruals
Contract liabilities

106 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Carrying value 
£m

2.1
0.5
0.4

3.0

Carrying value £m

3.0 
1.0
0.1

4.1

Total 
£m

–
19.4
89.2
0.7
49.3
10.1

168.7

Total 
£m

10.0
10.6
86.1
2.2
45.4
8.0
0.2

162.5

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost 
£m

Liabilities not 
within the scope 
of IFRS 9 
£m

–
19.4
89.2
–
49.3
10.1

168.0

–
–
–
0.7
–
–

0.7

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost 
£m

Liabilities not 
within the scope of 
IFRS 9 
£m

10.0
10.6
86.1
–
45.4
8.0
–

160.1

–
–
–
2.2
–
–
0.2

2.4

Fair value hierarchy

Financial instruments carried at fair value are required to be measured by reference to the following levels:

•  Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

•  Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (ie as prices) or 

indirectly (ie derived from prices). 

•  Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

The Group has no financial instruments carried at fair value.

(h) Credit quality of financial assets 

As disclosed in note 18 the Group has no financial assets that are past due or impaired. The Group’s financial assets represent balances due 
from a selected panel of financial institutions that provide finance to the Group’s retail customers and cash and cash equivalents held with 
banks. The Group has banking arrangements in place with Barclays Bank plc, Santander UK plc and Lloyds Bank plc, which have a Fitch 
credit rating of A+, A- and A+ respectively. The Group does not obtain credit ratings for its customers. Due to their short maturities the 
expected credit loss on financial assets is estimated at £Nil. 

24. Post-employment benefit obligations 

The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The pension cost charge for the year represents contributions payable by the 
Group to the scheme and is disclosed in note 8. Contributions totalling £0.1m (FY20: £0.1m) were payable to the scheme at the end of the 
year and are included in accruals.

25. Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid Ordinary Shares of 1p each
Balance at the beginning of the year
Bought back and held as treasury shares during the year1
Released from treasury to satisfy employee share plan obligations1
Bought back and cancelled during the year1

Balance at the end of the year

2021

2020

Number
‘000

90,190
–
–
–

90,190

Amount
£m

Number
‘000

Amount
£m

0.9
–
–
–

0.9

96,166
(5)
5
(5,976)

90,190

1.0
–
–
(0.1)

0.9

1 

Share buyback 
During FY20 the Company purchased 5,981,000 Ordinary Shares on-market for £13.1m in order to reduce the share capital of the Company and return funds to shareholders who sell 
their shares. There has been no share buyback during FY21.

Since the commencement of the current share buyback programme in 2019 as at 31 March 2021, 615,000 shares have been bought back and cancelled representing 0.7% of the 
issued Ordinary Shares, at a cost of £1.8m.

There are currently no shares held in treasury for use to satisfy employee share plan obligations. 

The Group does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.

26. Capital redemption reserve 

The capital redemption reserve represents the purchase by the Group of its own shares and comprises the amount by which distributable 
profits were reduced on these transactions in accordance with s733 of the Companies Act 2006. £Nil (FY20: £0.1m) was transferred into the 
capital redemption reserve during the year in respect of shares purchased by the Group and subsequently cancelled. 

27.  Capital reorganisation reserve 

The capital reorganisation reserve represents the capital reduction in the nominal value of shares in Motorpoint Group Limited (re-registered 
as Motorpoint Group Plc on 10 May 2016) from £1 to 1p. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 107

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

28. EBT reserve

The EBT has an independent trustee and has been set up to satisfy awards which are exercised in accordance with the terms of the various 
share-based schemes detailed in Note 31.

At 31 March 2021 the EBT held 34,841 ordinary shares of 1p each in the Group, the market value of which amounted to £0.1m. Details of 
outstanding share awards and options are shown in Note 31.

The consideration paid for the ordinary shares of 1p each in the Group held by the EBT at 31 March 2021 and 31 March 2020 has been shown 
as an EBT reserve and presented within equity for the Group. All other assets, liabilities, income and costs of the EBT have been incorporated 
into the accounts of the Group.

The table below shows the movements in equity from EBT transactions during the year:

Shared purchased by EBT in the year
Shares issued in respect of employee share schemes

2021

Number
‘000

183,494
165,093

Amount
£m

0.4
0.3

Proceeds of £0.3m were received on the exercise of share-based payments. The weighted average cost of shares issued by the EBT was 
£0.3m. 

Subsequent to the year end employee share options over 6,721 shares had been exercised and had been satisfied by ordinary shares issued 
by the EBT.

29. Other commitments

Capital commitments 

The Group had capital commitments of £Nil at 31 March 2021 (FY20: £Nil).

30. Cash flow from operating activities

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders
Adjustments for:
Taxation charge
Finance costs

Operating profit
Share-based payments
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets
Depreciation charge

Cash flow from operations before movements in working capital
(Increase) / Decrease in inventory
(Increase) / Decrease in trade and other receivables
Increase / (Decrease) in trade and other payables

Cash flow from operating activities

31.  Share-based compensation 

2021 
£m

7.6

2.1
2.9

12.6
0.2
0.1
5.7

18.6
(16.6)
(3.3)
13.7

12.4

2020 
£m

15.2

3.6
3.5

22.3
(0.1)
0.1
5.0

27.3
4.4
8.6
(7.1)

33.2

Share options are granted to Senior Executives and other individuals throughout the organisation. The Group currently operates three share 
schemes and these are the Performance Share Plan (’PSP’), the Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) and the Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’) schemes. 
During the year the Restricted Shares Award (‘RSA') was introduced which operates under the rules of the PSP scheme. 

The total charge in the year relating to the three schemes including associated national insurance (‘NI') charges was £0.2m (FY20: £0.1m 
credit).

NI is being accrued, where applicable, at a rate of 13.8% which management expects to be the prevailing rate when the awards are 
exercised, based on the share price at the reporting date. NI for the year ended 31 March 2021 relating to all awards was a charge of £Nil 
(FY19: £Nil).

Share Incentive Plan

The Group operates a SIP under which an award was made available to all eligible employees following admission to the London Stock 
Exchange in May 2016.

Performance Share Plan 

The Group operates a Performance Share Plan for Executive Directors and certain key senior managers. 

108 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Restricted Share Award (‘RSA’) 

Restricted shares differ from performance shares in a way that the grant level is scaled back significantly, but the vesting of the shares is not 
subject to specific future conditions (other than a performance underpin).

SAYE scheme

The Group operates a SAYE scheme for all employees under which employees are invited to subscribe for options over the Company’s 
shares at an exercise price representing a 10% discount to the closing mid-market price the day before the invitation date. 

Plan

SIP
SIP1
FY17 PSP
FY18 PSP
FY19 PSP2
FY20 PSP (A)2
FY20 PSP (B)3
FY21 RSA (A)4
FY21 RSA (B)4
FY21 RSA (C)4
FY21 RSA (D)4
SAYE17
SAYE18
SAYE19
SAYE20
SAYE21

Grant date

Vesting date

Lapse date

Settlement type

27-Jun-16
22-Dec-17
23-Jun-16
21-Jul-17
20-Jul-18
22-Jul-19
22-Jul-19
24-Aug-20
24-Aug-20
24-Aug-20
24-Aug-20
27-Dec-16
27-Dec-17
21-Dec-18
23-Dec-19
23-Dec-20

27-Jun-19
22-Dec-20
22-Jun-19
21-Jul-20
1-Apr-21
22-Jul-21
22-Jul-22
24-Aug-23
24-Aug-23
24-Aug-24
24-Aug-25
1-Feb-20
1-Feb-21
1-Feb-22
1-Feb-23
1-Feb-24

N/A equity-settled
cash-settled
N/A
23-Jun-26 equity-settled
21-Jul-27 equity-settled
20-Jul-28 equity-settled
22-Jul-29 equity-settled
22-Jul-29 equity-settled
24-Aug-30 equity-settled
24-Aug-30 equity-settled
24-Aug-30 equity-settled
24-Aug-30 equity-settled
1-Aug-20 equity-settled
1-Aug-21 equity-settled
1-Aug-22 equity-settled
1-Aug-23 equity-settled
1-Aug-24 equity-settled

Number of shares 
granted

Fair value at 
grant date5 
£

Exercise price
£

Performance 
criteria

194,023
118,716
596,659
830,267
323,303
203,620
412,022
199,333
37,877
18,938
18,938
770,041
417,765
283,012
222,040
259,001

4,905,555

1.877
1.877
2.300
1.385
2.420
2.204
2.204
2.480
2.480
2.447
2.336
0.320
0.490
0.500
0.890
0.940

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
1.12
1.77
1.89
2.30
2.77

No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No

1  Awards under the SIP cash-settled plan vested and were exercised during the year resulting in a total of £0.2m cash payment to the eligible participants.
2  The current assumption of non-vesting conditions reduces the fair value to zero at the balance sheet date.
3  The current assumption of non-vesting conditions reduces the fair value to 51% of the fair value at grant date.
4  The current assumption of non-vesting conditions reduces the fair value to 73% of the fair value at grant date.
5  The fair value at grant date as disclosed above is prior to applying an assumption for the number of shares not expected to vest due to participants leaving the scheme.

SIP

SAYE

PSP

RSA

2021

2020

FY21

FY20

FY21

FY20

FY21

FY20

FY21

FY20

Outstanding 

at 1 April FY 63,045 149,168
–

–

581,604 1,058,273 1,459,519 1,522,841
259,001

–
– 615,642 275,086

222,040

Awarded
Forfeited / 
lapsed
Exercised

Outstanding 

at 31 
March FY

Exercisable 

at 31 
March FY

– (3,690)
(82,433)

(7,872)

(120,628)
(133,493)

(274,962)
(423,747)

(483,490)
(13,668)

(678,964)
–

(6,908)
–

55,173 63,045

586,484

581,604

962,361

1,459,519 268,178

55,173 63,045

37,655

18,947

23,416

12,221

–

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
£

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
£

Number of 
options

Number  
of options

0.55
1.34

2,104,168
534,087

0.66 2,730,282
837,682
0.61

(0.41)
(1.53)

(611,026)
(155,033)

(0.07) 
(0.94)

(957,616)
(506,180)

0.74

1,872,196

0.55

2,104,168

0.57

116,244

0.87

94,213

–
–

–
–

–

–

The assumptions used in the measurement of the fair value at grant dates of the SAYE scheme are as follows.

23 December 2020

23 December 2019

21 December 2018

27 December 2017

27 December 2016

Share price at 
grant date
£

2.81

2.89

2.04

1.97

1.28

Expected volatility
%

Option life 
years

Risk-free rate
%

Dividend yield
%

Non-vesting 
condition
%

Fair value per 
option
£

51.7

37.5

34.5

34.3

33.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

1.29

3.00

2.85

2.85

3.10

27.1

27.1

27.1

27.1

27.1

0.94

0.89

0.50

0.49

0.32

The maximum subscription offered is £3,600 (equivalent to £100 per month over the 36 month saving period). Contributions from salary are 
made into a savings account and on maturity participants can exercise their option to buy shares at the discounted rate with their saved 
contributions or have the funds returned to them. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 109

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

31.  Share-based compensation continued

Expected volatility is estimated by considering historic average share price volatility of Motorpoint Group Plc share price at the grant date, 
unless there was no significant history, resulting in volatility being based on the historic share price movement of a selection of comparative 
companies. The requirement that an employee has to save in order to purchase shares under the SAYE is a non-vesting condition. This 
feature has been incorporated into the fair value at grant date by applying a discount to the valuation obtained from the Black-Scholes 
pricing model. 

Outstanding at 1 April 2020
Awarded
Forfeited
Vested / early exercise

Outstanding at 31 March 2021

FY21 SAYE

FY20 SAYE

FY19 SAYE

FY18 SAYE

Number

–
259,001
(10,709)
–

248,292

Option 
exercise 
price £

–
2.772
–
–

Option 
exercise price 
£

2.300
–
–
–

Number

209,385
–
(43,805)
(1,358)

Option 
exercise price 
£

1.890
–
–
–

Number

187,595
–
(45,786)
(5,494)

Number

184,624
–
(20,328)
(126,641)

–

164,222

–

136,315

–

37,655

Option 
exercise price 
£

1.773
–
–
–

–

The total charge in the year, included in administrative expenses, in relation to these awards was £0.1m (FY20: £Nil). 

Payments of £0.9m were made during FY20 to acquire shares for an employee benefit trust to satisfy the share plan obligations of the SAYE 
2017 scheme. This scheme was ultimately cash settled to employees as a result of conditions at the time of vesting. The scheme has fully 
vested and therefore the full reserve of £0.9m has been transferred to equity during the period.

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the outstanding share options based on the relevant vesting date as at the year end is 1.4 
years (2020: 1.4 years).

32.  Transactions and balances with related parties 

There were no transactions with related parties other than Directors and key management. Their remuneration including share-based 
payment as detailed in note 9 to the Financial Statements and their beneficiary owned shares are detailed in the Remuneration Committee 
Report on page 69.

110 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Assets
Non-current assets
Investments

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Creditors: amounts falling due within 1 year

Total current liabilities

Net current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Called up share capital
Capital redemption reserve
Retained earnings

  At 1 April 2020 and 2019
  Buyback and cancellation of shares
  (Loss) / Result for the year
  Share-based payments
  Dividends

Total equity

COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
AS AT 31 MARCH 2021

Note

2021
£m

2020
£m

4

5

7
8

7

9

101.3

101.3

101.3

101.1

101.1

101.1

(46.4)

(46.4)

(46.4)

(46.4)

54.9

0.9
0.1

53.8
–
(0.1)
0.2
–

53.9

54.9

(46.3)

(46.3)

(46.3)

(46.3)

54.8

0.9
0.1

74.8
(13.1)
–
(0.9)
(7.0)

53.8

54.8

The notes on pages 113 to 116 are an integral part of these financial statements. 

The financial statements on pages 111 to 116 were approved by the Board of Directors on 16 June 2021 and were signed on its behalf by:

M Carpenter 
Chief Executive Officer 

C Morgan
Chief Financial Officer 

Motorpoint Group Plc

Registered number 10119755

Motorpoint Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

111

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUIT Y 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2021

Called up 
share capital
£m

Note

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m

Retained earnings
£m

Total equity
£m

At 1 April 2019 

Result for the year

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:
Share-based payments
Buyback and cancellation of shares
Final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2019
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2020

7
9
9

At 31 March 2020 
Loss for the year

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:
Share-based payments

Balance at 31 March 2021

1.0

–

–
(0.1)
–
–

(0.1)

0.9
–

–

–

0.9

–

–

–
0.1
–
–

0.1

0.1
–

–

–

0.1

74.8

–

(0.9)
(13.1)
(4.7)
(2.3)

(21.0)

53.8
(0.1)

0.2

0.2

53.9

75.8

–

(0.9)
(13.1)
(4.7)
(2.3)

(21.0)

54.8
(0.1)

0.2

0.2

54.9

112 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

 NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  Summary of significant accounting policies 

Motorpoint Group Plc (the Company) is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. 

The Company is a public company limited by shares and is listed on the London Stock Exchange; the address of the registered office is 
Chartwell Drive, West Meadows Industrial Estate, Derby, England, United Kingdom, DE21 6BZ. The principal activity of the Company is to 
provide the services of the Directors to the Group and that of a holding company. 

(a) Basis of preparation 

These Company financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2021 have been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom accounting 
standards including FRS 102 and the Companies Act 2006. These financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis, under the 
historical cost convention. The accounting policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. 

The Directors of the Company are also Directors of Motorpoint Group Plc and have used the going concern principle on the basis that the 
current profitable financial projections and facilities of the consolidated Group will continue in operation for a period not less than 12 months 
from the date of this report. The Company is in a net current liability position; however as Motorpoint Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of 
the Company, those outstanding balances will not be settled unless the Company has the means to repay. For further details of the going 
concern status of the Group see page 88.

The Company financial statements have been prepared in sterling which is the functional and presentational currency of the Company and 
have been presented in round £m. 

As permitted under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 an entity profit and loss is not included as part of the published consolidated 
financial statements of Motorpoint Group Plc. 

(b) Critical accounting judgements 

The preparation of the financial statements requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group and 
Company accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity are disclosed in note 4 to the consolidated 
financial statements. The judgement involved in assessing the going concern of the Group are relevant for the Company financial 
statements. 

(c) Investment in subsidiaries 

Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost, less any provision for impairment. Annually, the Directors consider whether any events or 
circumstances have occurred that could indicate that the carrying amount of fixed asset investments may not be recoverable. If such 
circumstances do exist, a full impairment review is undertaken to establish whether the carrying amounts exceed the higher of net realisable 
value or value in use. If this is the case, an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the carrying value of the related investment. Where 
equity-settled share-based compensation is granted to the employees of subsidiary companies, the fair value of the award is treated as a 
capital contribution by the Company and investments in subsidiaries are adjusted to reflect this capital contribution. 

(d) Dividend distribution 

Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Company’s financial statements in the period in which 
the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders. 

(e) Financial instruments 

The Company is applying sections 11 and 12 of FRS 102 in respect of the recognition and measurement of financial instruments. Financial 
assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Company’s balance sheet when the Company becomes party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument. 

The Company classifies financial instruments, or their component parts, on initial recognition as financial assets, financial liabilities or equity 
instruments according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. 

(f) Financial equity 

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Company after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity 
instruments issued by the Company are recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

(g) Financial liabilities 

Financial liabilities are classified on initial recognition as either other financial liabilities measured at amortised cost or at fair value through 
profit or loss. 

(h) Share capital

Ordinary Shares are classified as equity. Costs incurred in issuing equity are deducted from the equity instrument.

(i) Employee benefits 

(i) Pensions 

The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for employees. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the 
Group. The annual contributions are charged in the statement of comprehensive income in the year in which they become payable in 
accordance with the rules of the scheme. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 113

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsNOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

1.  Summary of significant accounting policies continued

(i) Employee benefits continued

(ii) Other employee benefits 

The Group recognises an expense for other short-term employee benefits, primarily holiday pay and employee commissions and bonuses 
on an accruals basis. 

(iii) Share-based compensation

Equity-settled share-based compensation to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair value of the equity 
instruments at the grant date. The estimate is measured using the Black-Scholes pricing model and excludes the effect of non-market based 
vesting conditions. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set out in note 31 of 
the Group’s financial statements. 

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based compensation is expensed on a straight line basis over the 
vesting period, based on the Group’s estimates of equity instruments that will eventually vest. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises 
its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. The 
impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income such that the cumulative 
expenses reflect the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves. 

SAYE share options granted to employees are treated as cancelled when employees cease to contribute to the scheme. This results in 
accelerated recognition of the expenses that would have arisen over the remainder of the original vesting period. 

Cash-settled share-based compensation to employees and others providing similar services is measured at the fair value of the equity 
instruments at the grant date. A liability is recognised at the current fair value determined at each balance sheet date and at settlement. 

(j) Exemptions for qualifying entities under FRS 102 

FRS 102 allows certain disclosure exemptions. The Company has taken the exemptions under FRS 102 paragraphs 1.12 (b), (d) and (e)  
from including the preparation of a cash flow statement and disclosure in relation to share-based compensation and key management 
compensation, since equivalent disclosures are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group headed by Motorpoint 
Group Plc. 

2. Auditor’s remuneration

Auditor’s remuneration:
Fees payable for the audit
Fees payable for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries
Audit-related assurance services1

Total

2021 
£’000

174
15
–

189

2020 
£’000

125
19
22

166

1  Audit-related assurance services comprise fees payable to the Group’s auditor for carrying out a review of the Group’s interim results in accordance with International Standard on 

Review Engagements (UK and Ireland) 2410.

3. Employees and Directors

The Company has no employees other than Directors (FY20: none). Full details of the Directors’ remuneration and interests are set out in the 
Remuneration Committee Report on pages 66 to 69. 

There were no transactions with related parties other than Directors and key management remuneration including share-based payment as 
detailed in note 9 to the consolidated financial statements. The shares beneficiary owned by the Directors of the Company are detailed in 
the Remuneration Committee Report on page 69.

4. Investments

At 1 April

Share-based payment charge

At 31 March

114 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

2021 
£m

101.1

0.2

101.3

2020 
£m

100.9

0.2

101.1

At 31 March 2021 the Company had the following 100% owned subsidiary companies all of whom are registered in England and Wales. 
Motorpoint Limited is the only direct subsidiary.

Subsidiary undertaking

Registered address

Principal activity

Registered number

Motorpoint Limited

Chartwell Leasing Limited1

Auction 4 Cars Limited1

Chartwell Drive, West Meadows 
Industrial Estate, Derby, England, 
DE21 6BZ

80 Mount Street, Nottingham, 
England, NG1 6HH

Chartwell Drive, West Meadows 
Industrial Estate, Derby, England, 
DE21 6BZ

Motor vehicle retail

03482801

Dormant

Dormant

04100916

09603690

Motorpoint Group Plc Employee 
Benefit Trust2

12 Castle Street, Jersey, JE2 3RT

Employee benefit scheme

Not applicable

1 

These subsidiary undertakings are entitled to exemptions under sections 476 and 480 of the Companies Act 2006 relating to dormant companies. Dormant company accounts have 
been filed for both of these entities.

2  The EBT is consolidated in the financial statements of the Group on the basis that the Company has control as detailed in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

5.  Creditors: amounts falling due within 1 year

Bank loans and overdrafts
Amounts owed to Group undertakings

2021 
£m

–
46.4

46.4

2020 
£m

10.0
36.3

46.3

Amounts due to Group undertakings are repayable on demand, unsecured and non-interest bearing. See note 10 for further details on 
borrowings.

6. Financial instruments 

Financial instruments utilised by the Company during the year ended 31 March 2021 may be analysed as follows:

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

2021
£m

46.4

46.4

2020 
£m

46.3

46.3

Financial instruments included within current assets and liabilities (excluding cash) are generally short term in nature and accordingly their 
fair values approximate to their book values. 

The Company’s financial liabilities are repayable on demand and therefore their fair value is equal to their book value.

7.  Called up share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid Ordinary Shares of 1p each
Balance at the beginning of the year
Bought back and held as treasury shares during the year1
Released from treasury to satisfy employee share plan obligations
Bought back and cancelled during the year1

2021

2020

Number
’000

90,190
–
–
–

90,190

Amount
£m

Number
‘000

Amount
£m

0.9
–
–
–

0.9

96,166
(5)
5
(5,976)

90,190

1.0
–
–
(0.1)

0.9

1  During FY20 the Company purchased 5,981,000 Ordinary Shares on-market for £13.1m in order to reduce the share capital of the Company and return funds to shareholders who sell 

their shares. There has been no share buyback during FY21.

Since the commencement of the current share buyback programme in 2019 as at 31 March 2021, 615,000 shares have been bought back and cancelled representing 0.7% of the 
issued Ordinary Shares, at a cost of £1.8m.

There are currently no shares held in treasury for use to satisfy employee share plan obligations. 

The Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 115

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

8.  Capital redemption reserve 

The capital redemption reserve represents the purchase by the Company of its own shares and comprises the amount by which 
distributable profits were reduced on these transactions in accordance with s733 of the Companies Act 2006. £Nil (FY20: £0.1m) was 
transferred into the capital redemption reserve during the year in respect of shares purchased by the Company and subsequently cancelled.

9.  Dividends 

During the year no dividends were paid:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2019
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2020

Total dividends

2021
£m

–
–

–

2020
£m

4.7
2.3

7.0

The Board has not proposed a final dividend (FY20: Nil) for the year ended 31 March 2021. 

10.  Borrowings 

The Company’s available borrowings consist of an unsecured loan facility provided by Santander UK PLC, split between £6.0m available as 
an overdraft and £14.0m available as a revolving credit facility. A further temporary 12 month £15.0m overdraft facility was agreed with 
Santander UK PLC in May 2020 to help support short term cash impacts, should it have been required during the pandemic. This additional 
facility was not used. The existing £20.0m facility expires in May 2024. As at the reporting date £Nil (FY20: £10.0m) was drawn down. 

The finance charge for utilising the facility is dependent on the Group’s borrowing ratios as well as the base rate of interest in effect. During 
the year ended 31 March 2021 interest was charged at 1.4% (FY20: 1.4%) per annum. The interest charged for the year of £0.1m (FY20: £0.2m) 
has been expensed as a finance cost.

11. Commitments and contingencies 

Capital commitments 

The Company had nil capital commitments at 31 March 2021 (FY20: £Nil). 

Contingencies 

There are no disputes with any third parties that would result in a material liability for the Company. 

The Company acts as guarantor over the Group’s £80.0m (FY20: £75.0m) stocking finance facility with Black Horse Limited. 

12. Related parties

During the year, a management charge of £0.8m (FY20: £0.8m) was received from Motorpoint Limited in respect of services rendered. 

In addition, a £10.0m repayment of the revolving credit facility was repaid by Motorpoint Limited on behalf of the Company.

During the year Motorpoint Limited paid interest of £0.2m (2020: £0.2m) on behalf of the Company.

On behalf of Motorpoint Group PLC, Motorpoint Limited paid Directors’ salaries and fees of £0.9m (FY20: £1.0m) during the year and has 
recharged this to Motorpoint Group Plc. 

At the year end the balance outstanding due to Motorpoint Limited totalled £46.4m (FY20: £36.3m). 

The Company grants share awards to employees of Motorpoint Limited as detailed in note 31 to the consolidated financial statements. As a 
result, a share based-payment charge of £0.2m (2020: £0.9m) as disclosed in the Company’s Statement of Equity with a corresponding 
increase in Investments.

116 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES

Introduction 

We assess the performance of the Group using a variety of alternative performance measures that are not defined under IFRS and are 
therefore termed non-GAAP measures. The non-GAAP measures we use are: adjusted operating profit; adjusted PBT; adjusted EBITDA, 
adjusted EPS; GP/adjusted overheads ratio; operating cash conversion; and EBITDA. The rationale for using these measures, along with a 
reconciliation from the nearest measures prepared in accordance with IFRS, is presented below. 

The APMs we use may not be directly comparable with similarly titled measures used by other companies. 

Adjusted operating profit, adjusted PBT and adjusted EBITDA

In addition to measuring financial performance of the Group based on operating profit, we also measure performance based on adjusted 
operating profit, adjusted PBT and adjusted EBITDA. We consider adjusted PBT, adjusted Operating Profit and adjusted EBITDA to be useful 
measures of our operating performance because they approximate the underlying profitability by eliminating exceptional items and so 
reflect a better understanding of the ongoing profitability. 

In the current and prior year there were no exceptional items. 

Adjusted EPS 

We also measure financial performance based on adjusted EPS. This measure excludes exceptional items from the GAAP EPS calculations. 

In the current and prior year there were no exceptional items. 

GP/adjusted overheads ratio 

We also measure financial performance based on our gross profit/adjusted overheads ratio. The calculation of this measure is as follows:

Year ended 31 March

Gross profit

Adjusted overheads

Gross profit / adjusted overheads

2021
£m

62.5

(49.9)

2020 
£m

78.9

(56.6)

125.3%

139.4%

In the current and prior year adjusted overheads is equal to operating expenses as a result of there being no exceptional items.

Operating cash conversion

We also measure financial performance based on operating cash conversion. The calculation of this measure is as follows:

Year ended 31 March

Cash generated from operations
Operating profit

Cash generated from operations / operating profit

EBITDA

Year ended 31 March

Profit before tax
Finance expense
Depreciation
Amortisation

EBITDA

2021
£m

12.4
12.6

2020 
£m

33.2
22.3

98.4%

148.9%

2021
£m

9.7
2.9
5.7
-

18.3

2020 
£m

18.8
3.5
5.0
-

27.3

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 117

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsGLOSSARY

Term

Meaning

Adjusted basic Earnings per Share

Earnings attributable to equity shareholders adjusted for Exceptional Items/weighted average number 
of ordinary shares during the year

Adjusted EBITDA

Earnings Before Finance Expense, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation adjusted for Exceptional Items

Adjusted diluted Earnings per Share  Earnings attributable to equity shareholders adjusted for Exceptionals/weighted average number of 

ordinary shares during the year adjusted for dilutive share options

Adjusted Operating Costs

Operating Expenses before Exceptionals

Adjusted Operating Profit

Operating Profit before Exceptionals

Adjusted Overheads

Operating Expenses before Exceptionals

Adjusted PBT

Profit Before Tax before Exceptionals

AGM

APM

CAGR

Capital Employed

CEO

CFO

CJRS

DEFRA

DTR

EBITDA

EBT

EPS

ESG

FCA

FRC

FTE

GAAP

GP

Annual General Meeting

Alternative Performance Measure

Compound Annual Growth Rate

Average of the opening and closing position of the year for Net Assets adjusted for related party 
balances and legacy EBT liability

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme

Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs

Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules

Earnings Before Finance Expense, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation

Employee Benefit Trust

Earnings per Share

Environmental, Social and Governance

Financial Conduct Authority

Financial Reporting Council

Full Time Equivalent

Generally Accepted Accounting Practice

Gross Profit

GP/Adjusted Overheads

Gross Profit/Operating Costs before Exceptionals

HMRC

IAS

IFRS

INED

IPO

LIBOR

LTIP

NBS

NED

NI

NPS

OEM

HM Revenue and Customs

International Accounting Standards

International Financial Reporting Standards

Independent Non executive Director

Initial Public Offering

London Interbank Offered Rate

Long Term Incentive Plan

New Bridge Street

Non executive Director

National Insurance

Net Promoter Score

Original Equipment Manufacturer

Operating Cash Conversion

Cash generated from operations/operating profit

PBT

PCI

PCP

PSP

PwC

ROCE

SAYE

SECR

SID

SIP

Structural Debt

VED

Profit Before Tax

Payment Card Industry

Personal Contract Purchase

Performance Share Plan

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Return On Capital Employed, being Operating Profit/Capital Employed

Save As You Earn

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting

Senior Independent Non executive Director

Share Incentive Plan

Debt excluding stock finance facilities

Vehicle Excise Duty

118 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION & ADVISERS

Legal advisers
Pinsent Masons LLP
30 Crown Place
London EC2A 4ES

Registrar
Link Group
Unit 10
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds
LS1 4DL

Financial PR
FTI Consulting
200 Aldersgate
Aldersgate Street
London EC1A 4HD
Tel: +44 20 3727 1000

Bankers
Santander UK Plc
2 Clumber Street
Nottingham NG1 3GA

Financial calendar
27 July 2021 
Early October 2021 

Financial PR
Chris Morgan
Motorpoint
Chartwell Drive
West Meadows Industrial Estate
Derby DE21 6BZ

Annual General Meeting
Half Year Trading Update

25 November 2021 

Interim Results Announcement

Registered office
Motorpoint
Chartwell Drive
West Meadows Industrial Estate
Derby DE21 6BZ
United Kingdom

Company number
10119755

Company secretary
Chris Morgan

Joint stock brokers
Numis Securities Limited
The London Stock Exchange Building
10 Paternoster Square
London EC4M 7LT

Shore Capital Stockbrokers Limited
Bond Street House
14 Clifford Street
London W1S 4JU

Share listing
MOTR.L 1 pence Ordinary Shares are listed on the London 
Stock Exchange and are the only class of shares in issue

Independent Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Donington Court
Pegasus Business Park
Herald Way
East Midlands DE74 2UZ

Shareholder enquiries 

Our registrars will be pleased to deal with any questions regarding your shareholdings on 0371 664 0300 (calls are charged at the standard 
geographic rate and will vary by provider) or email enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk. Alternatively, you can access www.signalshares.com where 
you can view and manage all aspects of your shareholding securely including electronic communications, account enquiries or address 
amendments. 

Investor relations website 

The investor relations section of our website, www.motorpointplc.com, provides further information for anyone interested in Motorpoint. In 
addition to the Annual Report and Accounts and share price, Company announcements including the full year results announcements are 
also published there. 

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements 

Certain statements made in this Report are forward-looking statements. Such statements are based on current expectations and 
assumptions and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from any 
expected future events or results expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements. They appear in a number of places throughout 
this Report and include statements regarding the intentions, beliefs or current expectations of the Directors concerning, amongst other 
things, the Group’s results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the business. Persons receiving this 
Report should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Unless otherwise required by applicable laws, regulations or 
accounting standards, Motorpoint Group Plc does not undertake to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of 
new information, future developments or otherwise.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021 119

Motorpoint Group plc 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsNOTES

120 

Motorpoint Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2021

M

o

t

o

r

p

o

i

n

t

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1

Motorpoint Group plc

Chartwell Drive

West Meadows Industrial Estate

Derby

DE21 6BZ